Canon Imageclass Mf6540 Reference Guide

2015-03-09

: Canon Canon-Imageclass-Mf6540-Reference-Guide-588704 canon-imageclass-mf6540-reference-guide-588704 canon pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 292 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
How to Use This Guide
Table of Contents
Index
Reference Guide
Please read this guide before operating this product.
After you finish reading this guide, store it in a safe place
for future reference.
Series
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
i
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Manuals for the Machine
The manuals for this machine are divided as follows. Please refer to them for detailed information.
To view the manuals in PDF format, Adobe Reader/Acrobat Reader/Acrobat is required. If Adobe Reader/Acrobat Reader/Acrobat is not installed on your system, please
download it from the Adobe Systems Incorporated website (http://www.adobe.com).
Considerable effort has been made to make sure that the manuals for the machine are free of inaccuracies and omissions. However, as we are constantly improving our
products, if you need an exact specification, please contact Canon.
The machine illustration on the cover may differ slightly from your machine.
●
●
●
Read the sections of these manuals that correspond to your
intended use.
Reference Guide Scanner Driver Guide
Read this manual to learn detailed
information about advanced
machine operations and functions,
and how to customize machine
settings.
Read this manual to learn how to
use the machine as a local
scanner.
Advanced features
Network settings
Remote user interface
System settings
Troubleshooting
●
●
●
●
●
System requirements
Scanning procedure
How to solve scanning
problems
●
●
●
This Document
(Located on User Software CD) (Located on User Software CD)
Read this manual first.
Starter Guide
Read this manual to learn the required
settings and connections before using
the machine.
What you can do with the machine
Machine setup
Connection and settings before
using the machine
Connecting the machine to a
network
Software installation
●
●
●
●
●
Read this manual next.
Basic Operation Guide
Read this manual to learn information
about basic operations and machine
functions.
Safety instructions
Copying
Sending and receiving faxes
Printing and scanning
Maintenance
Specifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
ii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Things You Can Do
Select a scan mode depending on
the type of image
Image Quality
p. 3-3
Adjust the density level of scanned
images
Density
p. 3-3
Enlarge or reduce copied images
Zoom Ratio
p. 3-4
Sort copies by page order
Collate Copy
p. 3-6
Make two-sided copies
Two-Sided Copy
p. 3-8
Copy two documents on one sheet
2 on 1 Combination
p. 3-7
Specify a recipient with a single
key
One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys
p. 4-13
Specify a recipient with a two-digit
code
Coded Speed Dialing Codes
p. 4-13
Specify multiple recipients as a
group
Group Dialing
p. 4-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
iii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Look up a particular recipient
Address Book Search
p. 4-14
Redial when the line is busy
Redialing
p. 4-20
Send documents to multiple
recipients
Broadcasting
p. 4-17
Receive faxes in memory without
printing out
Memory Reception
p. 4-25
Send a fax at a specified time
Delayed Sending
p. 4-17
Send a fax from a PC
PC Faxing
the online help
Print a document from a PC
Printing
p. 5-2
Sort printouts by page order
Collate Printing
p. 5-3
Print two pages on one sheet
2 on 1 Combination
p. 5-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
iv
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Make two-sided printouts
Two-Sided Printing
p. 5-4
Specify detailed scanning options
to suit various images
Scanning
Scanner Driver Guide
Access and manage the machine
from a PC
Remote UI
Chapter 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
v
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Table of Contents
Manuals for the Machine ............................................................................................................... i
Things You Can Do .......................................................................................................................... ii
How to Use This Guide ................................................................................................................xx
Using the Top Page ...............................................................................................................xx
Using the Chapter Topic List ........................................................................................... xxi
Illustrations Used in This Manual .................................................................................. xxii
Legal Notices .............................................................................................................................. xxiv
1 Before Using the Machine ........................................................................................................1-1
Machine Components ...............................................................................................................1-3
Operation Panel ...........................................................................................................................1-6
Main Operation Panel ........................................................................................................1-6
Fax Operation Panel (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .....................................1-9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
vi
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
LCD (Standby Mode) ............................................................................................................... 1-10
Copy Mode ......................................................................................................................... 1-10
Fax Mode (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ...................................................... 1-10
Scan Mode .......................................................................................................................... 1-10
Toner Cartridge ......................................................................................................................... 1-11
Maintaining the Toner Cartridge ................................................................................ 1-12
Telephone Line Setting (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................................... 1-13
Setting the Telephone Line Type ................................................................................ 1-13
Timer Settings ........................................................................................................................... 1-14
Setting the Sleep Mode .................................................................................................1-14
Setting Auto Clear Time ................................................................................................. 1-15
Setting the Daylight Saving Time...............................................................................1-15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
vii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
2 Document and Paper ................................................................................................................2-1
Document Requirements .........................................................................................................2-2
Scanning Area ..............................................................................................................................2-3
Loading Documents ..................................................................................................................2-4
On the Platen Glass ............................................................................................................2-4
In the ADF ..............................................................................................................................2-5
Paper Requirements ...................................................................................................................2-7
Printable Area ...............................................................................................................................2-9
Loading Paper ........................................................................................................................... 2-10
In the Multi-Purpose Tray (e.g., Envelopes) ............................................................. 2-10
Setting Paper Type and Size ................................................................................................. 2-12
For the Paper Cassette ................................................................................................... 2-12
For the Multi-Purpose Tray ........................................................................................... 2-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
viii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
3 Copying .....................................................................................................................................3-1
Basic Copying Method ..............................................................................................................3-2
Scan Settings ................................................................................................................................3-3
Image Quality .......................................................................................................................3-3
Density ....................................................................................................................................3-3
Zoom Ratio ............................................................................................................................3-4
Advanced Copy Features ..........................................................................................................3-6
Collate Copy ..........................................................................................................................3-6
2 on 1 Combination ...........................................................................................................3-7
Two-Sided Copy ..................................................................................................................3-8
Frame Erase ........................................................................................................................3-12
Reserved Copy ..................................................................................................................3-15
Canceling Copy Jobs ............................................................................................................... 3-16
Checking and Deleting Copy Jobs ..................................................................................... 3-17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
ix
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
4 Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................................................4-1
Basic Sending Method ..............................................................................................................4-4
Scan Settings ................................................................................................................................4-5
Image Quality .......................................................................................................................4-5
Density ....................................................................................................................................4-5
Storing/Editing Address Book ................................................................................................4-6
Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/
Coded Speed Dialing Codes ...........................................................................................4-6
Storing/Editing Recipients for Group Dialing ...........................................................4-9
Specifying Recipients ............................................................................................................. 4-13
Using One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Group Dialing.........................................4-13
Using Coded Speed Dialing Codes/Group Dialing .............................................. 4-13
Using Address Book Key ................................................................................................ 4-14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
x
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Manual Sending ....................................................................................................................... 4-15
Direct Sending .......................................................................................................................... 4-16
Advanced Sending Features ................................................................................................ 4-17
Broadcasting ......................................................................................................................4-17
Delayed Sending .............................................................................................................. 4-17
Sending Two-Sided Documents .................................................................................4-18
PC Faxing ..................................................................................................................................... 4-19
Fax Dialing Features ................................................................................................................ 4-20
Switching Temporarily to Tone Dialing .................................................................... 4-20
Redialing .............................................................................................................................4-20
Checking Dialing Line .................................................................................................... 4-21
Dialing an Overseas Number (With Pauses) ........................................................... 4-22
Basic Receiving Method ......................................................................................................... 4-23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xi
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Receiving Features ................................................................................................................... 4-24
FaxTel: Optional Settings ...............................................................................................4-24
DRPD: Optional Settings ...............................................................................................4-25
Manual Reception ............................................................................................................ 4-25
Memory Reception .......................................................................................................... 4-25
Memory Lock Reception ...............................................................................................4-26
Remote Reception ...........................................................................................................4-27
Printing Received Documents ..................................................................................... 4-28
Canceling TX/RX Jobs ............................................................................................................. 4-30
Checking and Deleting TX/RX Jobs ................................................................................... 4-31
Checking Transmission/Reception Results ............................................................. 4-31
Checking and Deleting Sending/Receiving Documents
Stored in Memory ............................................................................................................ 4-31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
5 Printing and Scanning ..............................................................................................................5-1
Printing Documents ...................................................................................................................5-2
Advanced Printing Features ....................................................................................................5-3
Collate Printing ....................................................................................................................5-3
2 on 1 Combination ...........................................................................................................5-3
Two-Sided Printing .............................................................................................................5-4
Scanning to a Computer (USB connection Only) ............................................................5-6
Canceling Scan Jobs ...................................................................................................................5-7
Canceling Scan Jobs to a Computer ............................................................................5-7
Checking and Deleting Print Jobs .........................................................................................5-8
6 Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) ..........................................................6-1
System Requirements ................................................................................................................6-3
Printing or Sending a Fax from a Computer ..............................................................6-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xiii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Basic Network Settings .............................................................................................................6-4
IP Address Setting ...............................................................................................................6-4
Interface Settings ................................................................................................................6-6
Communication Environment Setup ...........................................................................6-7
Setting Up a Computer for Printing/Sending a Fax ..................................................... 6-10
Settings from the Operation Panel ............................................................................ 6-10
Machine Connection Method (LPD/Raw) ............................................................... 6-11
Print Server Settings ....................................................................................................... 6-14
Additional Network Settings................................................................................................ 6-15
TCP/IP Settings .................................................................................................................. 6-15
Startup Time Settings ..................................................................................................... 6-18
Checking Network Settings .................................................................................................. 6-20
Machine Management ........................................................................................................... 6-21
Machine Management Using Web Browser (Remote UI) .................................. 6-21
Machine Management Using NetSpot Device Installer ..................................... 6-21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xiv
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
7 Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) .......................................................7-1
System Requirements ................................................................................................................7-3
Windows.................................................................................................................................7-3
Macintosh ..............................................................................................................................7-3
Using the Remote UI ..................................................................................................................7-4
Starting the Remote UI .....................................................................................................7-4
Displaying Device Status and Information ........................................................................7-6
Job Management ........................................................................................................................7-7
Managing Print Jobs ..........................................................................................................7-7
Viewing the Print Log ........................................................................................................7-8
Viewing the Activity Log ..................................................................................................7-9
Managing the Address Book (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ......................... 7-10
Customizing System Settings .............................................................................................. 7-13
Customizing System Information ..............................................................................7-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xv
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Import/Export Function ......................................................................................................... 7-16
Saving the Address Book (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ........................ 7-16
Loading an Address Book (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ....................... 7-17
Saving Additional Functions Settings in Files (Export) ....................................... 7-19
Loading Additional Functions Settings Files (Overwrite/Import) .................. 7-20
Device Custom Settings ......................................................................................................... 7-22
8 System Settings ........................................................................................................................8-1
Device Information Settings ...................................................................................................8-2
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) ..............................................8-3
Restricting Access to Destinations (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................8-4
Restricting the New Address ..........................................................................................8-4
Restricting PC Faxing .........................................................................................................8-5
Checking the Job Log ................................................................................................................8-6
Restricting the USB Interface Port ........................................................................................8-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xvi
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
9 Maintenance .............................................................................................................................9-1
Cleaning the Machine ...............................................................................................................9-3
Exterior ...................................................................................................................................9-3
Interior ....................................................................................................................................9-4
Fuser Roller ............................................................................................................................9-7
Scanning area .......................................................................................................................9-8
Transcription Roller .........................................................................................................9-12
Replacing the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................ 9-13
Redistributing Toner .......................................................................................................9-13
Replacing the Toner Cartridge ....................................................................................9-15
Recycling Used Cartridges .................................................................................................... 9-19
The Clean Earth Campaign ........................................................................................... 9-19
U.S.A. PROGRAM ............................................................................................................... 9-20
CANADA PROGRAM-CANADA PROGRAMME ........................................................9-22
Transporting the Machine .................................................................................................... 9-25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xvii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
10 Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................10-1
Clearing Jams ............................................................................................................................ 10-3
Document Jams ................................................................................................................10-3
Paper Jams..........................................................................................................................10-5
LCD Messages ............................................................................................................................ 10-9
Error Codes (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .........................................................10-14
If <CHANGE PAPER SIZE> is displayed ............................................................................10-17
Re-loading the Paper ....................................................................................................10-17
Changing the Paper Size Setting ..............................................................................10-17
General Problems ...................................................................................................................10-19
Paper Feeding Problems......................................................................................................10-21
Fax Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .....................................................10-22
Sending Problems .........................................................................................................10-22
Receiving Problems .......................................................................................................10-26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xviii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Copying Problems .................................................................................................................10-32
Printing Problems ..................................................................................................................10-35
Telephone Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .......................................10-39
Network Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) .........................10-40
If a Power Failure Occurs......................................................................................................10-42
If You Cannot Solve a Problem ..........................................................................................10-43
Customer Support (U.S.A.) ..........................................................................................10-43
Customer Support (Canada) ......................................................................................10-43
11 Appendix ...............................................................................................................................11-1
Machine Settings ..................................................................................................................... 11-3
Printing USER DATA LIST ................................................................................................ 11-3
Accessing the Setting Menu ........................................................................................ 11-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xix
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Setting Menu ............................................................................................................................. 11-5
COMMON SETTINGS ....................................................................................................... 11-5
COPY SETTINGS ..............................................................................................................11-10
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ...........................................11-12
ADDRESS BOOK SET. (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ...............................11-19
PRINTER SETTINGS .........................................................................................................11-22
TIMER SETTINGS .............................................................................................................11-26
ADJUST./CLEANING .......................................................................................................11-28
REPORT SETTINGS..........................................................................................................11-31
SYSTEM SETTINGS .........................................................................................................11-33
Summary of Reports and Lists...........................................................................................11-40
Printing Reports Automatically (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ..................11-41
TX REPORT ........................................................................................................................11-41
RX REPORT ........................................................................................................................11-42
ACTIVITY REPORT ...........................................................................................................11-43
Printing Reports and Lists Manually................................................................................11-45
Checking and Deleting Report Jobs .......................................................................11-46
Glossary .....................................................................................................................................11-47
Index ...........................................................................................................................................11-57
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xx
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
How to Use This Guide
Using the Top Page
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back NextPrevious
TOP
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
How to Use This Guide
Table of Contents
Index
Reference Guide
Please read this guide before operating this product.
After you nish reading this guide, store it in a safe place
for future reference.
Series
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xxi
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Using the Chapter Topic List
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
1-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
1 Before Using the Machine
Machine Components......................................................................................1-3
Operation Panel ...............................................................................................1-6
Main Operation Panel.................................................................1-6
Fax Operation Panel
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ....................................... 1-9
LCD (Standby Mode) ......................................................................................1-10
Copy Mode.................................................................................. 1-10
Fax Mode (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ............... 1-10
Scan Mode ................................................................................... 1-10
Toner Cartridge ..............................................................................................1-11
Maintaining the Toner Cartridge ......................................... 1-12
Telephone Line Setting (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ......................1-13
Setting the Telephone Line Type......................................... 1-13
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xxii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Illustrations Used in This Manual
The model imageCLASS MF6595 (without optional cassette) is used for illustration purposes in this manual. When there is any difference
between MF6595cx, MF6595, MF6590, MF6540, MF6520, it is clearly indicated in the text, e.g., “MF6595cx Only.”
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xxiii
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
The following symbols are used throughout the manuals for the machine and indicate the warnings, cautions and notes you should keep in
mind when using the machine.
Indicates a warning that may lead to death or serious injury if not observed.
Explains how to avoid actions that could injure you or damage your machine.
Explains operating restrictions and how to avoid minor difficulties.
In addition, this guide uses distinctive notations to identify keys and information in the LCD:
The keys you press appear in square brackets: [Stop].
Information in the LCD appears in angle brackets: <LOAD PAPER>.
The items on the PC (Menus, Menu commands, buttons etc.) appear in square brackets: [Save].
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
xxiv
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Legal Notices
Trademarks
Canon, the Canon logo, imageCLASS, and NetSpot are trademarks of Canon Inc.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server and Windows Vista are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
All other product and brand names are registered trademarks, trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.
Copyright
Copyright © 2007 by Canon Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system,
or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, manual, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of Canon Inc.
Disclaimers
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.
CANON INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THEREOF, WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. CANON INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE, OR LOSSES OR
EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
1-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
1 Before Using the Machine
Machine Components ......................................................................................1-3
Operation Panel ...............................................................................................1-6
Main Operation Panel .................................................................1-6
Fax Operation Panel
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .......................................1-9
LCD (Standby Mode) ......................................................................................1-10
Copy Mode .................................................................................. 1-10
Fax Mode (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ............... 1-10
Scan Mode ................................................................................... 1-10
Toner Cartridge ..............................................................................................1-11
Maintaining the Toner Cartridge ......................................... 1-12
Telephone Line Setting (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ......................1-13
Setting the Telephone Line Type ......................................... 1-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
1-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Timer Settings ................................................................................................1-14
Setting the Sleep Mode .......................................................... 1-14
Setting Auto Clear Time .......................................................... 1-15
Setting the Daylight Saving Time ........................................ 1-15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Machine Components
A ADF (Automatic Document Feeder)
Holds documents and feeds them automatically into the scanning
area.
B Slide guides
Adjusts to the width of the document.
C Document feeder tray
Holds documents.
D Document delivery tray
Receives documents.
E Paper delivery tray
Receives copies, prints and faxes.
F Paper stopper
Prevents the paper from falling off the paper delivery tray.
Open the stopper from its original position for LTR/A4 paper. For
LGL paper, pull out the extension first, and then open the stopper.
G Operation panel
Machine controls.
H Paper cassette
Holds the paper supply.
* Paper cassette 2 is standard for MF6595cx, or can be added to MF6595
by attaching the optional cassette unit.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
I Left cover
Open this cover when replacing the toner cartridge or clearing
paper jams.
J Scanning area
Scans documents from the ADF.
K Platen glass cover
Open this cover when placing a document on the platen glass.
L Platen glass
Place documents.
M Multi-purpose tray
Feeds non-standard size or thick/thin type paper stacks.
N Slide guides for multi-purpose tray
Adjusts to the width of the paper.
O Multi-purpose tray extension
Pull out to load paper stack.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
P USB port
Connect the USB (Universal Serial Bus) cable.
Q Ethernet port (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 only)
Connect the network cable.
R Telephone line jack (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only)
Connect the external telephone cable.
S External device jack (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only)
Connect an external device.
T Power socket
Connect the power cord.
U Main power switch
Turns the power on or off.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Operation Panel
Main Operation Panel
MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590
MF6540/MF6520
■
●
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
A Paper Select indicator
Indicates the selected paper source.
* The number of paper sources varies depending on the
model used.
B Jam Location indicator
Indicates the location of paper jams.
C LCD display
Displays messages and prompts during operation. Displays
selection, text, and numbers when adjusting the settings.
D [ COPY] key
Press to switch to the Copy mode.
E [ ] key
Press to decrease the value for various settings. Also press to
see the previous item in the menu.
F [ FAX] key
Press to switch to the Fax mode.
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
G [ OK] key
Press to accept a set function or mode.
H [ SCAN] key
Press to switch to the Scan mode.
I [ ] key
Press to increase the value for various settings. Also press to
see the next item in the menu.
J [ Reset] key
Press to return the machine to the standby mode.
K [ System Monitor] key
Press to check fax transmission, print, copy, or report output
status.
L [ View Settings] key
Press to confirm settings of the copy function.
M Numeric keys
Use to enter letters and numbers.
N [ Clear] key
Press to clear entered alphanumeric characters.
O [ Start] key
Press to start copying, scanning and sending faxes.
P [ Stop] key
Press to stop a current job. Also, press to return the machine
to the standby mode.
Q [ Power] key (operation panel power switch)
Press to turn the operation panel on/off. Also press to enter
the Sleep mode or to resume the normal mode from the
Sleep mode manually.
R Power indicator
Lights up when the main power is turned on.
S Error indicator
Flashes when an error has occurred.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
T Processing/Data indicator
Flashes when the machine is working. Lights up when the
machine has waiting jobs.
U [ Tone] key
Press to switch from rotary pulse to tone dialing.
V [ 2 on 1] key
Press to set 2 on 1 copies.
W [ Frame Erase] key
Press to set frame erase for copying.
X [ Collate] key
Press to set collate copies.
Y [ Additional Functions] key
Press to select or cancel the modes in Additional Functions.
Z [ 2-Sided] key
Press to set two-sided copy or fax.
a [ Enlarge/Reduce] key
Press to enlarge or reduce copy ratio.
b [ Density] key
Press to adjust the density for copy or documents you send.
c [ Image Quality] key
Press to select image quality for copying and faxing.
d [ Paper Select] key
Press to select a paper source (paper cassette or multi-
purpose tray).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
A [ Direct TX] key
Press to set Direct Sending.
B [ Pause] key
Press to insert a pause when entering a fax number.
C [ Hook] key
Press when you want to dial without lifting the handset of
the external telephone.
D [ Redial] key
Press to redial the last dialed number when fax is standing
by.
E [ Coded Dial] key
Press to specify recipients registered under coded speed
dialing codes.
F [ Address Book] key
Press to search pre-registered recipients under one-touch
speed dialing keys, coded speed dialing codes by name.
G [ One-Touch Speed Dial] keys
Press to specify recipients registered under One-Touch Speed
Dialing Keys.
H [ Delayed TX] key
Press to set Delayed Sending.
Fax Operation Panel (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
LCD (Standby Mode)
Copy Mode
MF6595/MF6590/MF6540/MF6520
01
100% LTR
ATEXT
MF6595cx or MF6595 with the optional cassette
01
100% AUTO
ATEXT
A Zoom ratio
B Paper size
C Quantity
D Density
E Image quality
■ Fax Mode (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590
Only)
12/31/2007 MON 15 : 50
FaxOnl y STANDARD
A Date & Time
B Receive mode
C Image quality
Scan Mode
SCANNING MODE
Depending on your needs, you can change the standby display which
appears when the main power switch is turned on. For details, see
“Setting Menu,” on p. 11-5.
When the main power switch is turned on, the LCD displays
<INITIALIZING...> until the standby display appears.
■
■
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Toner Cartridge
The lifetime of the Canon genuine starter toner cartridge which
comes with the machine is approximately 2,500 pages, the
Canon genuine replacement toner cartridge is approximately
5,000 pages. The page counts are on the basis of “ISO/ IEC
19752”* when printing A4 size paper with the default print
density setting. The level of toner consumption varies
depending on the type of documents printed. If your average
document contains a lot of graphics, tables, or charts, the life of
the toner cartridge will be shorter as they consume more toner.
When you are replacing a toner cartridge, be sure to use a toner
cartridge designed for this product. To purchase the Canon
genuine replacement toner cartridge, contact your local Canon
dealer or Canon Customer Care Center (U.S.A.:1-800-828-4040,
Canada:1-800-652-2666).
* “ISO/IEC 19752” is the global standard related to “Method for
the determination of toner cartridge yield for monochromatic
electrophotographic printers and multi-function devices that
may contain printer components” issued by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization).
Toner Cartridge name:
Canon Cartridge 106
Model
Name Type Supported Canon
Genuine Cartridge Print Yield
MF6500
Series
Bundled Canon Cartridge 106
Starter
Approx. 2,500
pages
Replacement Canon Cartridge 106 Approx. 5,000
pages
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Maintaining the Toner Cartridge
Keep the toner cartridge away from computer screens,
disk drives, and floppy disks. The magnet inside the toner
cartridge may harm these items.
Avoid locations subject to high temperature, high humidity,
or rapid changes in temperature.
Do not expose the toner cartridge to direct sunlight or bright
light for more than five minutes.
Store the toner cartridge in its protective bag. Do not open
the bag until you are ready to install the toner cartridge in
the machine.
Save the toner cartridge’s protective bag in case you need to
repack and transport the toner cartridge at a later date.
Do not store the toner cartridge in a salty atmosphere or
where there are corrosive gases such as from aerosol sprays.
Do not remove the toner cartridge from the machine
unnecessarily.
Do not open the drum protective shutter on the toner
cartridge. Print quality may deteriorate if the drum surface is
exposed to light or is damaged.
Always hold the toner cartridge by its handle to avoid
touching the drum protective shutter.
Do not stand the toner cartridge on end, and do not turn it
upside down. If toner becomes caked in the toner cartridge,
it may become impossible to free it even by shaking the toner
cartridge.
■
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
If there is a toner powder leakage, make sure not to inhale or
touch the toner powder. If it comes in contact with your skin,
rinse with cold water using soap. If you feel an irritation on
your skin or inhale the powder, consult a doctor immediately.
When removing the toner cartridge from the machine, make
sure to remove it carefully. If not removed with care, the
toner powder may scatter and come in contact with your eyes
and mouth. If this happens, rinse with water and consult a
doctor immediately.
Keep the toner cartridge away from small children. If they
ingest the toner powder, consult a doctor immediately.
Do not disassemble the toner cartridge. The toner powder
may scatter and come in contact with your eyes and mouth.
If this happens, rinse with water and consult a doctor
immediately.
Do not place the toner cartridge in fire. Toner powder is flammable.
●
●
●
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Telephone Line Setting
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Setting the Telephone Line Type
The default setting is <TOUCH TONE>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USER SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL LINE TYPE>,
then press [OK].
■ 5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the telephone line
type, then press [OK].
<TOUCH TONE>: Tone dialing
<ROTARY PULSE>: Pulse dialing
If you do not know the type of telephone line you use, contact your
local telephone company.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Timer Settings
Setting the Sleep Mode
When the machine remains idle for a certain period of time, it
automatically enters the Sleep mode.
The default settings are <ON> and <5MIN.>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TIMER SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO SLEEP
TIME>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired interval,
then press [OK].
You can set the interval from 3 to 30 minutes (in one-minute
increments).
You can also enter values using the numeric keys.
■ 6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
To enter the Sleep mode manually, press [Power] on the
operation panel.
The machine will not enter the Sleep mode when:
• the machine is in operation
• the Processing/Data indicator lights or flashes
• a message appears on the display and the Error indicator flashes
• a paper jam occurs in the machine
• the handset of the external telephone is off the hook*
The machine will leave the Sleep mode when:
• you press [Power] on the operation panel
• a fax is received
• the handset of the external telephone is off the hook*
• a print job is sent from a computer, and the print is started
• a computer performs a scan through the machine
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Setting Auto Clear Time
If the machine remains idle for a certain period of time, the display
returns to the standby mode (Auto Clear function).
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TIMER SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO CLEAR
TIME>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired interval,
then press [OK].
You can set the interval from 1 to 9 minutes (in one-minute
increments).
You can also enter values using the numeric keys.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■ Setting the Daylight Saving Time
In some countries or areas, time is advanced throughout the
summer season. This is called “Daylight Saving Time.”
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TIMER SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DAYLIGHT
SV.TIME>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <START DATE/
TIME>, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MONTH>, then
press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
1-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the month, then
press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <WEEK>, then press
[OK].
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the week, then press
[OK].
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DAY>, then press
[OK].
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the day, then press
[OK].
12. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <END DATE/TIME>,
then press [OK].
13. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MONTH>, then
press [OK].
14. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the month, then
press [OK].
15. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <WEEK>, then press
[OK].
16. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the week, then press
[OK].
17. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DAY>, then press
[OK].
18. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the day, then press
[OK].
19. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
2-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
2 Document and Paper
Document Requirements .................................................................................2-2
Scanning Area ...................................................................................................2-3
Loading Documents .........................................................................................2-4
On the Platen Glass .....................................................................2-4
In the ADF .......................................................................................2-5
Paper Requirements ........................................................................................2-7
Printable Area ...................................................................................................2-9
Loading Paper ................................................................................................2-10
In the Multi-Purpose Tray (e.g., Envelopes) ...................... 2-10
Setting Paper Type and Size ..........................................................................2-12
For the Paper Cassette ............................................................. 2-12
For the Multi-Purpose Tray .................................................... 2-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Document Requirements
Platen Glass ADF
Type Plain paper
Thick documents
Photographs
Small documents (e.g.,
index cards)
Special types of paper
(e.g., tracing paper*1,
transparencies*1, etc.)
Books (Height: max.
3/4" (20 mm))
–
–
–
–
–
–
Plain paper (Multi-page
documents of the same
size, thickness and weight
or one page documents.)
Size
(W x L)
Max. 8 1/2" x 14"
(Max. 216 x 356 mm)
Max. 8 1/2" x 14"
(Max. 216 x 356 mm)
Min. 5 1/2" x 5"
(Min. 139.7 x 128 mm)
Weight Max. 4.4 lb (2 kg) 13 to 34 lb bond (50 to
128 g/m2) (one-sided
documents)
13 to 28 lb bond (50 to
105 g/m2) (two-sided
documents)
Quantity 1 sheet Max. 50 sheets*2
(Max. 25 sheets for LGL
documents)
*1When copying transparent documents such as tracing paper
or transparencies, use a piece of plain white paper to cover the
document after placing it face-down on the platen glass.
*221 lb bond (80 g/m2) paper
Do not place the document on the platen glass or in the ADF
until the glue, ink or correction fluid on the document is
completely dry.
To prevent document jams in the ADF, do not use any of the
following:
Wrinkled or creased paper
Carbon paper or carbon-backed paper
Curled or rolled paper
Coated paper
Torn paper
Onion skin or thin paper
Documents with staples or paper clips attached
Paper printed with a thermal transfer printer
Transparencies
●
●
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Scanning Area
Make sure your document’s text and graphics fall within the
shaded area in the following diagram. Note that the margin
widths listed are approximate and there may be slight
variations in actual use.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Loading Documents
On the Platen Glass
1. Lift up the ADF.
2. Place your document face down.
■ 3. Align the document with the appropriate paper
size marks.
If your document does not match any of the paper size marks, align
the center of your document with the arrow mark.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
4. Gently close the ADF.
The document is ready for scanning.
When closing the ADF, be careful not to get your fingers caught,
as this may result in personal injury.
Do not press down the ADF forcefully, as this may damage the
platen glass and cause personal injury.
Remove the document from the platen glass when scanning is
complete.
–
–
In the ADF
1. Fan the document stack and even the edges.
2. Adjust the slide guides to the width of the
documents.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Neatly place the documents face up in the
document feeder tray.
The document is ready for scanning.
Do not add or remove documents while they are being scanned.
When scanning is complete, remove the documents from the
document delivery tray to avoid paper jams.
Avoid using ADF to scan the same document more than 30
times. When scanned repeatedly, documents can become folded
or torn, which may cause paper jams.
If the feeder rollers are soiled from scanning a document written
in pencil, clean them. (See “Cleaning the Machine,” on p. 9-3.)
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Paper Requirements
Paper cassette Multi-purpose tray
Size (W x L) Legal (LGL), Letter
(LTR)
3" × 5" to Legal
(8 1/2" × 14")
(76 × 127 to 216 ×
356 mm)
Weight 17 to 24 lb bond
(64 to 90 g/m2)
15 to 34 lb bond
(56 to 128 g/m2)
Quantity Max. 500 sheets*1Max. 100 sheets*1
Type Plain*2○○
Color*2○○
Recycled*2○○
Heavy 1*3○○
Heavy 2*4—○
Heavy 3*5—○
Bond*6○○
3hole punch
paper*7○○
Transparency*8—○
Labels —○
Envelopes —○
(○: available —: not available)
*121 lb bond (80 g/m2) paper
*2From 17 to 21 lb bond (64 to 80 g/m2)
*3From 21 to 24 lb bond (81 to 90 g/m2)
*4From 24 to 28 lb bond (91 to 105 g/m2)
*5From 28 to 34 lb bond (106 to 128 g/m2)
*620 lb bond (75 g/m2)
*7LTR size only
*8Use only LTR transparencies made especially for this machine.
The default paper size is LTR. If you use a different paper size, you must
change the paper size settings. (See “Setting Paper Type and Size,” on
p. 2-12.)
To prevent paper jams, do not use any of the following:
Wrinkled or creased paper
Curled or rolled paper
Coated paper
Torn paper
Damp paper
Very thin paper
Paper which has been printed on using a thermal transfer printer
(Do not copy on the reverse side.)
The following types of paper do not print well:
Highly textured paper
Very smooth paper
Shiny paper
●
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
●
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Make sure the paper is free from dust, lint, and oil stains.
Be sure to test paper before purchasing large quantities.
Store all paper wrapped and on a flat surface until ready for
use. Keep opened packs in their original packaging in a cool,
dry location.
Store paper at 64.4°F–75.2°F (18°C–24°C), 40%–60% relative
humidity.
Use only the transparencies designed for laser printers.
Canon recommends you to use Canon type transparencies
with this machine.
●
●
●
●
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printable Area
The shaded area indicates the approximate printable area of
LTR paper. Note that the margin widths listed are approximate
and there may be slight variations in actual use.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Loading Paper
To load paper in the paper cassette, see “Set Up the Machine,” in
the Starter Guide.
In the Multi-Purpose Tray (e.g., Envelopes)
If you are making prints on transparencies, labels, nonstandard-
sized paper, or envelopes, load them into the multi-purpose tray.
Use standard envelopes with diagonal seams and flaps.
To prevent jams, do not use the following:
Envelopes with windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or double
flaps
Envelopes made with special coated paper or deeply embossed
paper
Envelopes with peel-off sealing strips
Envelopes with letters enclosed
Make sure to set the correct envelope size in the printer
driver. (See the online help.)
■
●
●
–
–
–
–
●
1. Open the multi-purpose tray.
2. Pull out the multi-purpose tray extension until it
clicks, then open it.
Do not load the paper without using the multi-purpose tray
extension.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Gently load the stack of envelopes with the
address side facing down and the flap side to
the left. Be sure to insert the envelopes as far as
they will go.
When you load the envelopes, arrange the stack of envelopes on a
firm, clean surface first, then press down firmly on the edges to make
the folds crisp.
4. Adjust the slide guides to the width of the paper
stack.
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper limit
guide.
Some types of paper may not feed properly into the multi-
purpose tray. For high quality copies, be sure to use the paper
and transparencies recommended by Canon.
When making copies of a small document or thick paper, etc., the
copy speed may be slightly slower than usual.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Setting Paper Type and Size
For the Paper Cassette
The default settings are <PLAIN PAPER> and <LTR>. When you place
other types and/or sizes of paper, follow this procedure to change
the settings.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMON
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SELECT PAPER
TYPE>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <CASSETTE 1> or
<CASSETTE 2>*, then press [OK].
* The paper cassette 2 is optional for MF6595 and standard for
MF6595cx.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the paper type, then
press [OK].
<PLAIN PAPER>, <COLOR>, <RECYCLED>, <HEAVY PAPER 1>,
<BOND>, <3HOLE PUNCH PAPER>
If you use the paper cassette 2*, press [ ] or [ ] to select
<CASSETTE 2>* and repeat this step to set the paper type for
<CASSETTE 2>*.
* The paper cassette 2 is optional for MF6595 and standard for
MF6595cx.
■
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REG. PAPER SIZE>,
then press [OK].
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <CASSETTE 1> or
<CASSETTE 2>*, then press [OK].
* The paper cassette 2 is optional for MF6595 and standard for
MF6595cx.
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the paper size, then
press [OK].
<LTR>, <LGL>, <OFICIO>, <FLSP>, <BRAZIL-OFICIO>, <MEXICO-
OFICIO>, <A4>
If you use the paper cassette 2*, press [ ] or [ ] to select
<CASSETTE 2> and repeat this step to set the paper size for
<CASSETTE 2>.
* The paper cassette 2 is optional for MF6595 and standard for
MF6595cx.
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
2-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
For the Multi-Purpose Tray
If you use same kind of paper for the multi-purpose tray, you can
specify the paper size and type.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMON
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MP TRAY STD
SET>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PAPER SIZE>, then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the paper size, then
press [OK].
<LTR>, <STMTR>, <EXECUTIV>, <OFICIO>, <BRAZIL-OFICIO>,
<MEXICO-OFICIO>, <FOLIO>, <G-LTR>, <G-LGL>, <FLSP>,
<COM10>*1, <MONARCH>*1, <DL>*1, <ISO-C5>*1, <ISO-B5>*1,
<FREESIZE>*2, <A4>, <B5>, <A5R>, <LGL>
*1For envelopes.
If you select this size, <ENVELOPE> is automatically selected
for the paper type, and the display for selecting the paper
type does not appear. Skip to step 9.
*2For non-standard paper size.
If you select this size, enter the vertical size in <VERTICAL
SIZE>, then press [OK].
Enter the horizontal size in <HORIZONTAL SIZE>, then press
[OK].
■ 7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SELECT PAPER
TYPE>, then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the paper type, then
press [OK].
<PLAIN PAPER>, <COLOR>, <RECYCLED>, <HEAVY PAPER 1>,
<HEAVY PAPER 2>, <HEAVY PAPER 3>, <BOND>, <3HOLE PUNCH
PAPER>, <TRANSPARENCY>, <LABELS>, <ENVELOPE>
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
3-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
3 Copying
Basic Copying Method .....................................................................................3-2
Scan Settings ....................................................................................................3-3
Image Quality ................................................................................3-3
Density .............................................................................................3-3
Zoom Ratio .....................................................................................3-4
Advanced Copy Features .................................................................................3-6
Collate Copy ...................................................................................3-6
2 on 1 Combination ....................................................................3-7
Two-Sided Copy ...........................................................................3-8
Frame Erase ................................................................................. 3-12
Reserved Copy ........................................................................... 3-15
Canceling Copy Jobs ......................................................................................3-16
Checking and Deleting Copy Jobs ................................................................3-17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Basic Copying Method
Follow this procedure to make a copy.
1. Set documents.
Place the document on the platen glass or load it in the ADF.
For documents you can copy, see “Document Requirements,” on
p. 2-2.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
4. Press [Start].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Scan Settings
Before pressing [Start] to begin copying, you can adjust the
settings to better suit the document to be scanned. These
settings return to the default values if the Auto Clear function is
activated or if you press [Reset].
Image Quality
The default setting is <TEXT>.
1. Press [COPY].
2. Press [Image Quality] repeatedly to select the
document type.
<TEXT>: For text documents.
<PHOTO>: For documents that contain fine text or photos.
<TEXT/PHOTO>: For documents that contain text and photos.
Copy density automatically changes to the manual mode when
<TEXT/PHOTO> or <PHOTO> is set.
■
Density
You can adjust the density to the most appropriate level for the
document either automatically or manually.
The default setting is <MANUAL> (5).
Adjusting Automatically
1. Press [COPY].
2. Press [Density] to select <AUTO DENSITY>, then
press [OK].
The image quality is automatically set to <TEXT>.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Adjusting Manually
1. Press [COPY].
2. Press [Density] twice to select the manual mode.
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to adjust the copy density,
then press [OK].
[ ]: to make dark documents lighter
[ ]: to make light documents darker
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you switch the mode by pressing the mode keys such as
[FAX], all settings will be also canceled. If you want to keep the
settings, set the density as follows:
[Additional Functions] <COPY SETTINGS> <STANDARD
SETTINGS> <DENSITY> <MANUAL>
(See “STANDARD SETTINGS,” on p. 11-10.)
–
–
Zoom Ratio
The default setting is <100%>.
Preset Zoom
You can enlarge or reduce documents from one standard paper size
to another.
1. Press [COPY].
2. Press [Enlarge/Reduce].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the copy ratio, then
press [OK].
200% MAX.
129% STMT LTR
100%
78% LGL LTR
64% LTR STMT
50% MIN.
When <PAPER SIZE GROUP> in the <COPY SETTINGS> menu is set to
<A> or <AB>, the preset copy ratios change as follows:
A: 50%, 70%, 100%, 141%, 200%
AB: 50%, 70%, 81%, 86%, 100%, 115%, 122%, 141%, 200%
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Zoom Designation
You can reduce or enlarge images by any copy ratio, in 1%
increments. The available copy ratios are from 50% to 200%.
1. Press [COPY].
2. Press [Enlarge/Reduce] twice.
3. Enter the copy ratio with the numeric keys, then
press [OK].
ZOOM 50 - 2 0 0%
-80%+
Ex.
You can also use [ ] or [ ] to adjust the zoom ratio. To increase
the zoom ratio, press [ ]. To decrease the zoom ratio, press [ ].
To return the copy ratio to 100%, press [Enlarge/Reduce] repeatedly
to display <DIRECT 100%>, then press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Advanced Copy Features
Collate Copy
This feature can be used together with “Two-Sided Copy,” on p. 3-8,
“2 on 1 Combination,” on p. 3-7, “Original Frame Erase,” on p. 3-13
“Book Frame Erase,” on p. 3-13 and “Binding Hole Erase,” on p. 3-14.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [COPY].
If <AUTO COLLATE> is set to <COLLATE> in <STANDARD SETTINGS>
in <COPY SETTINGS>, skip to step 5.
3. Press [Collate].
<COLLATE> appears in the LCD.
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
■ 6. Press [Start].
When the documents are loaded in the ADF, collate copying starts
and no further operation is required.
7. Place the next page of the document on the
platen glass, then press [Start].
Repeat this step to scan all pages.
8. Press [OK].
The machine prints the remaining sets of copies.
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you switch the mode by pressing the mode keys such as
[FAX], all settings will be also canceled. If you want to keep the
settings, store the settings in <STANDARD SETTINGS> in <COPY
SETTINGS>. (See “STANDARD SETTINGS,” on p. 11-10.)
When scanning multiple page documents, <MEMORY FULL> may
appear in the LCD and scanning may be canceled. If this happens,
press [Stop] to return to the standby mode, and print, send, or
delete any documents stored in memory.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2 on 1 Combination
2 on 1 combination automatically reduces two-page document to
fit on the selected paper size. This feature can be used together with
“Collate Copy,” on p. 3-6, “Two-Sided Copy,” on p. 3-8, and “Binding
Hole Erase,” on p. 3-14.
“2 on 1 Combination” cannot be used together with “Original Frame Erase”
or “Book Frame Erase.”
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [2 on 1].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
■ 5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the size of the
document, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the paper size, then
press [OK].
7. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
8. Press [Start].
When you set the document on the platen glass, press [Start] for
each page. When scanning is complete, press [OK].
A maximum of 1/8" (2 to 3 mm) margin will be produced
between the two reduced documents in 2 on 1 combination
copying.
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you switch the mode by pressing the mode keys such as
[FAX], all settings will be also canceled. If you want to keep the
settings, store the settings in <STANDARD SETTINGS> in <COPY
SETTINGS>. (See “STANDARD SETTINGS,” on p. 11-10.)
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Two-Sided Copy
Two-sided copying enables you to make two-sided copies from
one-sided or two-sided documents, or make one-sided copies
from two-sided documents. This feature can be used together with
“Collate Copy,” on p. 3-6, “2 on 1 Combination,” on p. 3-7, “Original
Frame Erase,” on p. 3-13, “Book Frame Erase,” on p. 3-13, and “Binding
Hole Erase,” on p. 3-14.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Paper used to make two-sided copies must conform to the following
specifications:
Paper size: LGL and LTR (A4 loaded on the multi-purpose tray are
available as well.)
Paper weight: 17 to 24 lb (64 to 90 g/m2)
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
1 to 2-Sided
You can make two-sided copies from one-sided documents.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [2-Sided].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <1 > 2-SIDED>, then
press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK TYPE> or
<CALENDAR TYPE>, then press [OK].
<BOOK TYPE>: The front and back sides of the copy will have the
same top-bottom orientation.
<CALENDAR TYPE>: The front and back sides of the copy will have
opposite top-bottom orientations.
For the landscape oriented documents, the front and back sides
of the copy will have the opposite top-bottom orientation when
<BOOK TYPE> is selected.
When <CALENDAR TYPE> is selected, the front and back sides of the
copy will have the same top-bottom orientation.
6. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
7. Press [Start].
When you set the document on the platen glass, press [Start] for
each page. When scanning is complete, press [OK].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you switch the mode by pressing the mode keys such as
[FAX], all settings will be also canceled. If you want to keep the
settings, store the settings in <STANDARD SETTINGS> in <COPY
SETTINGS>. (See “STANDARD SETTINGS,” on p. 11-10.)
Instead of performing step 5, you can just press [OK]. In this case,
the machine makes <BOOK TYPE> copies.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2 to 2-Sided
You can make two-sided copies from two-sided documents.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [2-Sided].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <2 > 2-SIDED>, then
press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK TYPE> or
<CALENDAR TYPE> (for the documents), then
press [OK].
<BOOK TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have the
same top-bottom orientation.
<CALENDAR TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have
opposite top-bottom orientations.
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK TYPE> or
<CALENDAR TYPE> (for the copies), then press
[OK].
7. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you set the document on the platen glass, press [Start] for
each document. When scanning is complete, press [OK].
You can skip steps 5 and 6. In this case, the machine scans two-
sided documents in the <BOOK TYPE> orientation and outputs
the same way.
If you press [Start] in step 5 after selected <CALENDAR TYPE>,
the machine scans two-sided documents in the <CALENDAR
TYPE> orientation and outputs the same way.
–
–
–
–
2 to 1-Sided
You can make one-sided copies from two-sided documents.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [2-Sided].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <2 > 1-SIDED>, then
press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK TYPE> or
<CALENDAR TYPE>, then press [OK].
<BOOK TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have the
same top-bottom orientation.
<CALENDAR TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have
opposite top-bottom orientations.
6. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When you set the document on the platen glass, press [Start] for
each document. When scanning is complete, press [OK].
You can skip step 5. In this case, the machine scans two-sided
documents in the <BOOK TYPE> orientation to make one-sided
copies.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Frame Erase
You can erase shadows and lines that appear when copying various
types of documents.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Original Frame Erase
Original frame erase can erase the dark borders and frame lines that
appear around the copy when the document is smaller than the
selected paper size.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [Frame Erase].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ORIGINAL FR.>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the size of the
document, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to set the frame erase width
for all four borders, then press [OK].
The width ranges 1/16" to 1 15/16" (1 to 50 mm).
7. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
8. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
Book Frame Erase
Book frame erase can erase the dark borders, as well as center and
contour lines that appear when copying facing pages in a book or
bound document onto a single sheet of paper.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [Frame Erase].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK FRAME>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the book size, then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to set the book frame erase
width for all four borders, then press [OK].
The book frame erase width ranges 1/16" to 1 15/16" (1 to 50 mm).
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to set the frame erase width
for the center of the book, then press [OK].
The width ranges 1/16" to 1 15/16" (1 to 50 mm).
8. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
9. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Binding Hole Erase
Binding hole erase can erase the shadows that appear on copies
from binding holes on the documents.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Press [Frame Erase].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BINDING HOLE>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to specify the location of
the binding holes (<LEFT>, <RIGHT>, <TOP>, or
<BOTTOM>), then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to set the binding hole erase
width, then press [OK].
The width ranges 3/16" to 13/16" (3 to 20 mm)
7. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired copy
quantity (1 to 99).
8. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
The locations of the binding holes to be erased are shown in the
illustration below.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Reserved Copy
You can make copy settings and scan documents even if the
machine is currently printing. The scanned documents are
processed after the current job is complete.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [COPY].
3. Set the desired copy mode and quantity (1 to
99), then press [Start].
You can reserve up to 5 copy jobs, with different settings for each
job.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Canceling Copy Jobs
Follow this procedure to cancel an ongoing job.
1. Press [Stop].
2. When the <STOP KEY PRESSED> message
appears, press [OK].
STOP KEY PRESSED
PRESS OK KEY
Ex.
When the <CANCEL COPYING?> message
appears, press [ ] to select <YES>.
CANCE L COPY I NG?
<YES NO >
Ex.
The job is canceled, and the copy quantity is reset.
The <STOP KEY PRESSED> message appears only when the [Stop]
key is pressed while the document is being scanned.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
3-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking and Deleting Copy Jobs
System monitor enables you to monitor the status of copy jobs
currently being processed.
1. Press [System Monitor].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to display <COPY STATUS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to scroll through the job list.
When you delete the copy job, press [OK], then press [ ] to select
<YES>.
4. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
4-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
4 Sending and Receiving
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Basic Sending Method .....................................................................................4-4
Scan Settings ....................................................................................................4-5
Image Quality ................................................................................4-5
Density .............................................................................................4-5
Storing/Editing Address Book .........................................................................4-6
Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/
Coded Speed Dialing Codes ....................................................4-6
Storing/Editing Recipients for Group Dialing ....................4-9
Specifying Recipients .....................................................................................4-13
Using One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/
Group Dialing ............................................................................. 4-13
Using Coded Speed Dialing Codes/Group Dialing ....... 4-13
Using Address Book Key ......................................................... 4-14
Manual Sending .............................................................................................4-15
Direct Sending ................................................................................................4-16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
4-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Advanced Sending Features ..........................................................................4-17
Broadcasting ............................................................................... 4-17
Delayed Sending ....................................................................... 4-17
Sending Two-Sided Documents .......................................... 4-18
PC Faxing.........................................................................................................4-19
Fax Dialing Features .......................................................................................4-20
Switching Temporarily to Tone Dialing ............................. 4-20
Redialing ...................................................................................... 4-20
Checking Dialing Line ............................................................. 4-21
Dialing an Overseas Number (With Pauses) .................... 4-22
Basic Receiving Method .................................................................................4-23
Receiving Features .........................................................................................4-24
FaxTel: Optional Settings ........................................................ 4-24
DRPD: Optional Settings ........................................................ 4-25
Manual Reception ..................................................................... 4-25
Memory Reception ................................................................... 4-25
Memory Lock Reception ........................................................ 4-26
Remote Reception .................................................................... 4-27
Printing Received Documents .............................................. 4-28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
4-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Canceling TX/RX Jobs .....................................................................................4-30
Checking and Deleting TX/RX Jobs ...............................................................4-31
Checking Transmission/Reception Results ...................... 4-31
Checking and Deleting Sending/
Receiving Documents Stored in Memory ........................ 4-31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Basic Sending Method
Follow this procedure to send faxes.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
The FAX indicator lights up and the machine enters the fax standby
mode.
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
3. Enter the fax number with the numeric keys.
You can also specify the fax number with a one-touch speed dialing
keys, coded speed dialing codes or the [Address Book] key. (See
“Specifying Recipients,” on p. 4-13.)
4. Press [Start].
When you set the documents on the platen glass, press [ ] or [ ]
to select the document size, then press [Start] for each document.
When scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Scan Settings
You can adjust the image quality and density of the document
you send. The higher image quality you set, the better the
output will be, but the longer the transmission will take.
Image Quality
The default setting is <FINE>.
1. Press [FAX].
2. Press [Image Quality] repeatedly to select the
resolution, then press [OK].
<FINE> for fine-print documents (the resolution is twice that of
<STANDARD>). (200 x 200 dpi)
<PHOTO> for documents that contain photographs (the resolution is
twice that of <STANDARD>). (200 x 200 dpi)
<SUPER FINE> for documents that contain fine print and images (the
resolution is four times that of <STANDARD>). (200 x 400 dpi)
<ULTRA FINE> for documents that contain fine print and images (the
resolution is eight times that of <STANDARD>). (400 x 400 dpi)
<STANDARD> for most text-only documents. (200 x 100 dpi)
■
Density
The default setting is (5).
1. Press [FAX].
2. Press [Density].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to adjust the density, then
press [OK].
DENS I TY
-LT DK+
Ex.
[ ]: to make dark documents lighter.
[ ]: to make light documents darker.
These settings return to the default values after all documents are
scanned. If you want to keep the settings, set the image quality
and/or density as follows:
[Additional Functions] <FAX SETTINGS> <USER SETTINGS>
<STANDARD SETTINGS> <Image Quality> or <DENSITY> (See
“STANDARD SETTINGS,” on p. 11-13.)
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Storing/Editing Address Book
This machine provides you with various ways to specify the fax/
telephone numbers besides using the numeric keys. You can
register fax/telephone numbers to the Address Book. Once you
have registered fax/telephone numbers using these functions,
you can specify the fax/telephone numbers by simply pressing
one or a combination of keys:
Using One-Touch Speed Dialing Key (p. 4-13)
You can specify fax/telephone numbers by pressing one-touch
speed dialing keys. You can register up to 23 one-touch speed
dialing keys, including group dialing.
Using Coded Speed Dialing (p. 4-13)
You can specify fax/telephone numbers by pressing [Coded Dial]
followed by two-digit code. You can register up to 100 coded speed
dialing codes, including group dialing.
Using Group Dialing (p. 4-13)
You can specify groups of fax/telephone numbers registered in one-
touch speed dialing keys and/or coded speed dialing codes. You
can register up to 122 groups.
Using Address Book Key (p. 4-14)
You can specify fax/telephone numbers by pressing [Address Book]
and searching a fax/telephone number from Address Book.
Recipients stored in the Address Book can be exported to your computer
as a file, which can be imported into the machine. For information on
exporting the Address Book, see Chapter 7, “Remote UI (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only).”
For easy reference, print out the list of recipients registered in one-
touch speed dialing keys or coded speed dialing codes. (See “REPORT
SETTINGS,” on p. 11-31.)
●
●
●
●
–
–
Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing
Keys/Coded Speed Dialing Codes
Registering One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded
Speed Dialing Codes
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <1-TOUCH SPD
DIAL> or <CODED SPD DIAL>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a one-touch speed
dialing key (01 to 23) or coded speed dialing
code (00 to 99) for which you want to register
the fax/telephone number, then press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the desired two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Enter the fax/telephone number you register
(max. 120 digits, including spaces and pauses)
with the numeric keys, then press [OK].
TEL NUMBER ENTRY
012XXXXXXX
Ex.
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NAME>, then press
[OK].
8. Enter the recipient name (max. 16 letters,
including spaces) with the numeric keys, then
press [OK].
NAME : A
Can
Ex.
To register another one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code, repeat the procedure from step 4.
If you want to specify the following optional settings (<LONG
DISTANCE>, <TX SPEED>, and <ECM>) for the fax number you
are registering, proceed to the next step.
If you do not need to set these options, skip to step 17.
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <OPTIONAL
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <INTERNATIONAL>,
then press [OK].
–
–
12. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the most effective
transmission option, then press [OK].
<DOMESTIC>: Normally select this option.
<LONG DISTANCE 1-3>: Select one of these options if you experience
transmission errors during an international call.
13. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX SPEED>, then
press [OK].
14. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the sending speed
(4800 bps to 33600 bps), then press [OK].
If transmission errors occur frequently, lower the speed.
15. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ECM>, then press
[OK].
16. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> to reduce
system and line errors while sending to or
receiving from other machines that support
ECM, then press [OK].
17. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded
Speed Dialing Codes
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <1-TOUCH SPD
DIAL> or <CODED SPD DIAL>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the one-touch
speed dialing key (01 to 23) or coded speed
dialing code (00 to 99) you want to edit, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
6. Press [Clear] repeatedly to go back to a wrong
digit.
You can also use [ ].
To delete all the numbers, press and hold [Clear].
7. Enter a new number with the numeric keys, then
press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NAME>, then press
[OK].
9. Press [Clear] repeatedly to go back to a wrong
character.
You can also use [ ] to move the cursor to the wrong character,
then press [Clear] to delete it.
To delete the entire name, press and hold [Clear].
10. Enter a new character with the numeric keys,
then press [OK].
You can also change the optional settings. For instructions, see
“Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded Speed
Dialing Codes,” on p. 4-6.
11. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Deleting One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/ Coded
Speed Dialing Codes
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <1-TOUCH SPD
DIAL> or <CODED SPD DIAL>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the one-touch
speed dialing key (01 to 23) or coded speed
dialing code (00 to 99) you want to delete, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
6. Press and hold [Clear] to delete all the numbers,
then press [OK].
You can also use [ ] to delete numbers one by one.
7. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
When deleting all numbers, the registered name is cleared
automatically.
Storing/Editing Recipients for Group
Dialing
The recipients must be registered in one-touch speed dialing keys or coded
speed dialing codes beforehand.
Registering Recipients for Group Dialing
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GROUP DIAL>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select an empty one-touch
speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code
that you want to set as the group dialing, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Select the one-touch speed dialing key or coded
speed dialing code you want to register in the
group (max. 122 recipients) until all recipients
are registered, then press [OK].
To enter a number stored under a one-touch speed dialing key, press
the desired one-touch speed dialing key (s).
To enter a number stored under a coded speed dialing code, press
[Coded Dial], then enter the two-digit code for the number using the
numeric keys. For multiple entries, press [Coded Dial] between each
entry.
You can review the recipients which has been already entered with
[] or [ ].
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NAME>, then press
[OK].
8. Enter the group name (max. 16 letters, including
spaces) with the numeric keys, then press [OK].
NAME : A
Canon GROUP
Ex.
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Adding New Recipients to Group
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GROUP DIAL>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a group to edit, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
6. Select the recipient you want to add to the
group, then press [OK].
For details on specifying a recipient from Address Book, see
“Registering Recipients for Group Dialing,” on p. 4-9.
7. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Deleting Recipients from Group
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GROUP DIAL>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a group to edit, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to display the one-touch
speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code
you want to delete from the group.
7. Press [Clear].
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 if you want to delete
another one-touch speed dialing key or coded
speed dialing code.
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Changing Group Name
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GROUP DIAL>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a group to edit, then
press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NAME>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [Clear] repeatedly to go back to a wrong
character.
You can also use [ ] to move the cursor to the wrong character,
then press [Clear] to delete it.
To delete the entire name, press and hold [Clear].
7. Enter a new character with the numeric keys,
then press [OK].
8. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Deleting Group Dialing
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADDRESS BOOK
SET.>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GROUP DIAL>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a group to delete,
then press [OK].
You can also select a one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code by pressing the corresponding one-touch speed dialing
key, or [Coded Dial] followed by the two-digit code.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TEL NUMBER
ENTRY>, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to display a one-touch speed
dialing key or coded speed dialing code.
7. Press [Clear].
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 until all recipients are
deleted, then press [OK].
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
When deleting all numbers, the registered name is cleared
automatically.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Specifying Recipients
Follow the procedure below to send documents to registered
recipients.
Using One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/
Group Dialing
To use this feature, you must register recipients in one touch speed dialing
keys beforehand. (See “Storing/Editing Address Book,” on p. 4-6.)
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
3. Press the desired one-touch speed dialing keys
(01 to 23).
If you pressed a wrong key, press [Clear] and try again.
[05]CANON USA
Ex.
TEL=0123XXXXXX
4. Press [Start].
When you set the documents on the platen glass, press [ ] or [ ]
to select the document size, then press [Start] for each document.
When scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
■
Using Coded Speed Dialing Codes/Group
Dialing
You can specify up to 100 recipients using coded speed dialing
codes.
To use this feature, you must register recipients in coded speed dialing
codes beforehand. (See “Storing/Editing Address Book,” on p. 4-6.)
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
3. Press [ Coded Dial].
4 . Enter the desired two-digit code (00 to 99) with
the numeric keys.
[ * 0 1 ] CANON
Ex.
TEL=012XXXXXXX
If you entered a wrong code, press [Clear], then try again from step 3.
5. Press [Start].
When you set the documents on the platen glass, press [ ] or [ ]
to select the document size, then press [Start] for each document.
When scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Using Address Book Key
Address book dialing enables you to search for a particular recipient
registered in the machine. This is useful when you forget which one-
touch speed dialing key or coded speed dialing code the recipient
you want is registered under.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
3. Press [Address Book].
If no recipient is registered for speed dialing, <NOT REGISTERED> is
displayed.
4. Use a numeric key to enter the first letter of the
recipient’s name.
For example, if you want to search for a name that starts with the
letter “H,” press [4] (GHI) once or twice.
Entries starting with the letter you entered are displayed if any
entries are registered.
Press [＊] to switch between input modes:
[:A]: Letter mode
[:1]: Number mode
CANON
Ex.
ADDR E S S BOOK :A
■
–
–
–
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to search for the recipient’s
name.
Pressing [ ] displays the names of other recipients in
alphabetical order.
Pressing [ ] displays them in reverse alphabetical order.
6. When the recipient’s name is displayed, press
[OK].
7. Press [Start] to dial the number.
When you set the documents on the platen glass, Press [ ] or [ ]
to select the document size, then press [Start] for each document.
When scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
When <TIME OUT> is set to <ON> in <TX SETTINGS> in <FAX
SETTINGS>, the machine starts dialing automatically after a preset
time.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Manual Sending
Use manual sending when you want to talk to the recipient
before sending a document, or if the recipient does not have a
fax machine that can receive automatically.
You cannot use the platen glass for manual sending.
You cannot use group dialing for manual sending.
1. Connect an external telephone to the machine if
you want to talk to the recipient before sending
a document.
For details on how to connect an external telephone to the machine,
see “Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter Guide.
2. Load the document in the ADF.
3. Press [FAX].
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
–
–
4. Press [ Hook] or pick up the handset of your
external telephone.
5. Dial the recipient’s fax/telephone number.
Make sure to confirm the dial tone before entering a fax/telephone
number. If you enter the number before the dial tone can be heard,
the call may not connect, or the wrong number may be dialed.
6. Talk through the handset to the recipient.
If you press [Hook] in step 4, you can pick up the handset when you
hear the recipient’s voice.
If you hear a high-pitched signal instead of the recipient’s voice, go
to step 8.
7. Ask the recipient to set their fax machine to
receive faxes.
8. When you hear a high-pitched signal, press
[Start], then hang up the handset.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Direct Sending
With direct sending, the machine sends the document on
the ADF as it scans one page, without storing all pages into
memory at once. You can send a document ahead of other
documents stored in memory.
You cannot use the platen glass for direct sending.
You cannot use group dialing for direct sending.
With direct sending, the machine scans one page into memory at once
and sends it right away.
Therefore, when <MEMORY FULL> is displayed, even if you have selected
direct sending, wait until there is enough space in memory to scan one
page, or delete the documents in memory, and try again. (See “Checking
and Deleting Sending/Receiving Documents Stored in Memory,” on
p. 4-31.)
1. Load the document in the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Press [Direct TX].
To cancel direct sending, press [Direct TX] again.
If you want to adjust the image quality and density, see “Scan
Settings,” on p. 4-5.
–
–
–
4. Dial the recipient’s fax/telephone number.
If you select delayed transmission or sequential broadcasting,
memory sending is automatically selected.
5. Press [Start].
Each page is sent as it is scanned.
During transmission, <TRANSMITTING...> and the recipient’s
fax/telephone number alternately appear as messages on the LCD
display.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Advanced Sending Features
The machine provides the following additional fax modes:
broadcasting, delayed sending, and sending two-sided
documents.
Broadcasting
Broadcasting enables you to send the same document to multiple
recipients.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Enter the recipients.
Use the numeric keys, one-touch speed dialing keys or coded speed
dialing codes or [Address Book] key to specify recipients.
For details on specifying a recipient from Address Book, see
“Registering Recipients for Group Dialing,” on p. 4-9.
Only one recipient can be entered using the numeric keys.
4. Repeat step 3 to enter all required recipients.
To check all the specified recipients, press [ ] or [ ] to scroll the
display.
■
5. Press [Start].
When you set the documents on the platen glass, press [ ] or [ ]
to specify the paper size and press [Start] for each document. When
scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
A maximum of 124 recipients can be specified at the same time.
(Out of the 124 recipients, only one recipient can be specified
with the numeric keys.) If you specify a group, which is made up
of several recipients, each recipient in the group is counted as a
separate recipient.
If you frequently send documents to multiple recipients, it is
recommended that you store those recipients as a group.
Delayed Sending
Delayed sending enables you to start transmission at a specified
time. You can combine other fax features with delayed sending.
1. Set documents.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Press [Delayed TX].
4. Use the numeric keys to enter the time you want
to start sending, then press [OK].
Enter the time in 24-hour military time format.
Enter all the numbers, including zeros.
20 : 00
Ex.
TX T IME SETT ING
–
–
■
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
5. Select the recipient you want to add to the
group, then press [OK].
For details on specifying a recipient from Address Book, see
“Registering Recipients for Group Dialing,” on p. 4-9.
You can send the same document to a maximum of 124 recipients, at
a preset time.
6. Press [Start].
When <TIME OUT> is set to <ON> in <TX SETTINGS> in <FAX
SETTINGS>, the machine starts dialing automatically after
the preset time for this setting is passed. However, when you
manually enter a recipient, be sure to press [Start].
If the specified time for delayed sending passes during a
temporary power failure (that recovers within an hour), the fax
document will be sent at the specified time on the next day.
Sending Two-Sided Documents
You can set the machine to automatically turn over two-sided
documents in the ADF, and scan each side separately.
1. Set documents in the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Press [2-Sided].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <BOOK TYPE> or
<CALENDAR TYPE>, then press [OK].
<BOOK TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have the
same top-bottom orientation.
<CALENDAR TYPE>: The front and back sides of the document have
opposite top-bottom orientations.
–
–
■
5. Select the recipient you want to add to the
group, then press [OK].
For details on specifying a recipient from Address Book, see
“Registering Recipients for Group Dialing,” on p. 4-9.
6. Press [Start].
To cancel all settings, press [Reset].
When <TIME OUT> is set to <ON> in <TX SETTINGS> in <FAX
SETTINGS>, the machine starts dialing automatically after
the preset time for this setting is passed. However, when you
manually enter a recipient, be sure to press [Start].
If the specified time for delayed sending passes during a
temporary power failure (that recovers within a hour), the fax
document will be sent at the specified time on the next day.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
PC Faxing
Follow this procedure to send a fax from your computer.
Make sure that the fax driver is installed. To check if the driver is
installed, see “Software Settings with Computer,” in the Starter
Guide.
For details on the fax driver settings, see the online help.
1. From a document open in an application, click
[File] [Print].
2. Select the fax icon ([Canon MF6500 Series
(FAX)]), then click [Print] or [OK].
3. Specify the name and fax number in [Sending
Settings], then click [Add to Recipient List].
4. Click [OK] in the Fax Sending Settings.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Fax Dialing Features
Switching Temporarily to Tone Dialing
If your machine is set for pulse dialing, use the procedure below to
switch to tone dialing to use information services (e.g., banks, airline
reservations, and hotel reservations).
To talk to the other party, you will need to connect an external telephone
to the machine.
1. Press [FAX].
2. Press [Hook].
Make sure to confirm the dial tone before entering a fax number. If
you enter the number before the dial tone can be heard, the call may
not be connected, or the wrong number may be dialed.
3. Use the numeric keys to dial the required
information service.
4. When the recorded message of the information
service answers, press [ Tone] to switch to tone
dialing.
5. Use the numeric keys to enter the numbers
requested by the information service.
6. If you want to receive faxes, press [Start].
■ 7. When finished, press [Hook] to disconnect the
call.
Tone dialing is canceled when you disconnect the call.
Redialing
Redialing can be done manually or automatically. For automatic
redialing, you can set how many times the machine redials and the
time between redials.
Redialing Manually
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Press [Redial] to dial the last number you
entered using the numeric keys.
To cancel manual redialing, press [Reset].
4. Press [Start].
When you set the documents on the platen glass, press [ ] or [ ]
to select the document size, then press [Start] for each document.
When scanning is complete, press [OK] to start dialing.
When <TIME OUT> is set to <ON> in <TX SETTINGS> in <FAX
SETTINGS>, the machine starts dialing automatically after a preset
time.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Redialing Automatically
The default settings are as follows:
AUTO REDIAL: <ON>
REDIAL TIMES: <2TIMES>
REDIAL INTERVAL: <2MIN.>
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO REDIAL>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REDIAL TIMES>,
then press [OK].
7. Use [ ] or [ ], or the numeric keys to enter
the number of redials the machine will make,
then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REDIAL
INTERVAL>, then press [OK].
9. Use [ ] or [ ], or the numeric keys to enter
the time (in minutes) between redials, then
press [OK].
–
–
–
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX ERROR
REDIAL>, then press [OK].
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then [OK].
<ON>: Resends all documents once if final transmission made by
automatic redialing is interrupted.
<OFF>: Does not redial when final transmission is interrupted.
12. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Checking Dialing Line
Checking dialing line function enables you to configure the setting
on whether to check for a dial tone.
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DIALING LINE
CHCK>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-22
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Dialing an Overseas Number (With Pauses)
When you dial or register an overseas number, you may need to
insert a pause within the number.
1. Set documents.
Place the first page on the platen glass if you are not using the ADF.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Use the numeric keys to dial the international
access code.
For details on international access codes, contact your local
telephone company.
4. If necessary, press [Pause] to insert a pause.
Ex.
TEL=123P
<p> in the fax/telephone number represents a certain amount of
pause time, set in the <PAUSE TIME> menu.
For a longer pause press [Pause] again.
■
–
–
5. Use the numeric keys to dial the country code,
the area code, and the fax/telephone number of
the recipient.
6. Press [Pause] to enter a 10- second pause at the
end of the number.
<P> at the end of the fax/telephone number represents a 10-second
pause.
7. Press [Start].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-23
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Basic Receiving Method
Follow this procedure to set up the machine to receive faxes.
The default setting is <FaxOnly>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX MODE>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the receive mode,
then press [OK].
< FaxOnly>: Answers all calls as faxes.
<FaxTel>: Switches between fax and voice calls automatically if
an external telephone is connected to the machine. For optional
settings, see “FaxTel: Optional Settings,” on p. 4-24.
< AnsMode>: Receives faxes automatically and records voice
messages.
<DRPD> (Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection): Distinguishes between
fax and voice calls using distinctive ring patterns. Select the ring
pattern assigned by your telephone company. For optional settings,
see “DRPD: Optional Settings,” on p. 4-25.
<Manual>: Does not answer any calls. You have to manually receive
faxes. See “Manual Reception,” on p. 4-25.
For <FaxTel> or <Manual>, make sure an external telephone is
connected to the machine.
For <AnsMode>, make sure an external telephone with built in
answering machine is connected to the machine.
For <DRPD>, subscription to a DRPD service is required. Contact
your telephone company for availability.
5. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-24
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Receiving Features
You can set the fax receive mode to suit your needs, set the
machine to receive fax documents into memory (memory lock),
and use the external telephone connected to the machine to
receive faxes manually (remote reception). You can also set how
the received documents are printed.
FaxTel: Optional Settings
When you select <FaxTel> in <RX MODE>, you can specify optional
settings as follows:
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX/TEL OPT.
SET>, then press [OK].
■
5. For <RING START TIME>, use [ ], [ ], or the
numeric keys to specify the duration (0 to 30
seconds) for which the machine attempts to
detect the fax tone before it starts ringing, then
press [OK].
If the machine receives a fax, the machine does not ring and switches
to the receive mode automatically.
The default setting is <6SEC>.
6. For <F/T RING TIME>, use [ ], [ ], or the
numeric keys to specify the duration (15 to 300
seconds) of ringing, then press [OK].
The default setting is <15SEC>.
7. For <F/T SWITCH ACTION>, press [ ] or [ ]
to select the action the machine will take after
the ringing ends, then press [OK].
The default setting is <RECEIVE>.
<RECEIVE>: Receives a fax.
<DISCONNECT>: Disconnects the call.
8. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-25
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
DRPD: Optional Settings
When you select <DRPD> in <RX MODE>, select the ring pattern
assigned by your telephone company.
The default setting is <NORMAL RING>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DRPD:SELECT
FAX>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a ring pattern, then
press [OK].
<NORMAL RING>
<DOUBLE RING>
<SHORT-SHORT-LONG>
<SHORT-LONG-SHORT>
<OTHER RING TYPE>
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
For <DRPD>, subscription to a DRPD (Distinctive Ring Pattern
Detection) service is required. Contact your telephone company for
availability.
■ Manual Reception
When you select <Manual> in <RX MODE>, follow the procedure
below to receive a fax.
1. When the telephone rings, pick up the external
telephone.
2. Press [FAX].
3. Confirm that the modem’s connecting sound is
heard, then press [Start].
4. Hang up the external telephone.
Memory Reception
The machine automatically receives faxes in memory when printing
is disabled under certain conditions (e.g., toner or paper has run
out).
Load paper and press [OK] to start printing faxes stored in memory.
For toner empty, the machine automatically starts printing when
the error is cleared.
For information on the maximum numbers of jobs that can be stored
in memory, See Chapter 11, “Troubleshooting,” in the Basic Operation
Guide.
Once the pages are printed, they are deleted from the memory.
If the memory becomes full, you will not be able to receive the remaining
pages. Contact the other party and ask them to resend the remaining
pages of the fax.
■
■
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-26
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Memory Lock Reception
You can set the machine to store all documents in memory without
automatically printing them.
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select
<COMMUNICATIONS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MEMORY LOCK>,
then press [OK].
If the memory lock password has already been set, enter the
password, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
When you select <OFF>, the machine starts to print the received
documents in memory.
6. If you want to set a password, press [ ] or
[] to select <PASSWORD>, then press [OK].
If you need not set a password, skip to step 8.
7. Use the numeric keys to enter the memory lock
reception password (up to seven digits), then
press [OK].
1234567
Ex.
PASSWORD
■ 8. If you want to print a memory reception report,
press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT PRINT>,
then press [OK].
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>,then press
[OK].
If you do not want to print a memory reception report, select <OFF>.
10. If you want to specify <MEMORY RX TIME>,
press [ ] or [ ] to select <MEMORY RX
TIME>, then press [OK].
If you need not set the timer for memory lock, skip to step 14.
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
12. For <MEM. RX START TIME>, use the numeric
keys to enter the start time (in 24-hour military
time format), then press [OK].
00:00
Ex.
MEM . RX S T AR T T I ME
13. For <MEM. RX END TIME>, use the numeric keys
to enter the end time, then press [OK].
14. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-27
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printing All Documents Stored in Memory
1. Perform step 1 to 3 in “Memory Lock Reception,”
on p. 4-26.
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MEMORY LOCK>,
then press [OK].
3. If the memory lock reception password is set,
use the numeric keys to enter the memory lock
reception password, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <OFF>, then press
[OK].
The received documents are printed.
5. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Remote Reception
Remote reception enables you to use an external telephone
connected to the machine to receive faxes manually. This can be
useful when the machine is not nearby or is being used by someone
else.
The default settings are as follows:
REMOTE RX: <ON>
REMOTE RX ID: <25>
This function is not available when <ENERGY IN SLEEP> in <COMMON
SETTINGS> is set to <LOW>.
Registering Remote Reception ID
Follow this procedure if you want to change the default remote
reception ID of 25.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REMOTE RX>, then
press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [Clear] twice to delete the default remote
reception ID of 25.
■
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-28
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Use the numeric keys to enter a new remote
reception ID (00 to 99), then press [OK].
8. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Receiving a Fax Remotely
1. When you receive a call, pick up the external
telephone.
2. Use the numeric keys to enter the two-digit
remote reception ID to start reception.
If the machine is set for pulse dialing, press [Tone] to switch to tone
dialing before pressing the remote reception ID.
3. When the reception is complete, hang up the
telephone.
Printing Received Documents
The machine provides the following printing features: two-sided
printing and received image reduction.
Two-Sided Printing
You can print received documents on both sides of the paper.
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
■
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PRINTER
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TWO-SIDED
PRINT>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Received Image Reduction
You can print received documents in a reduced size.
The default setting is <ON>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PRINTER
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RECEIVE
REDUCTION>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RECEIVE
REDUCTION> or <REDUCE DIRECTION>, then
press [OK].
If you select <REDUCE DIRECTION>, skip to step 10.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-29
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO> or <FIXED
REDUCTION>, then press [OK].
If you select <AUTO>, adjust the image reduction automatically.
Skip to step 9.
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a preset reduction
ratio (97%, 95%, 90%, or 75%), then press [OK].
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REDUCE
DIRECTION> , then press [OK].
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <VERTICAL ONLY>
or <HORIZ & VERTICAL>, then press [OK].
<VERTICAL ONLY>: Reduces the document vertically only.
<HORIZ & VERTICAL>: Reduces the document both horizontally and
vertically.
11. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-30
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Canceling TX/RX Jobs
Follow the procedure below to cancel an ongoing job (sending
or receiving).
1. Press [Stop].
2. When the <STOP KEY PRESSED> message
appears, press [OK].
STOP KEY PRESSED
PRESS OK KEY
Ex.
When the <CANCEL DURING TX/RX?> message
appears, press [ ] to select <YES>.
CANCE L DUR I NG TX/RX?
<YES NO >
The <STOP KEY PRESSED > message appears only when the
[Stop] key is pressed while the document is being scanned.
For sending jobs, remove any unscanned documents from the
ADF.
If you are in the copy or scan standby mode and want to cancel a
fax job, press [FAX] to return to the fax mode first.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
4-31
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking and Deleting TX/RX Jobs
System monitor enables you to view the transmission and
reception results, monitor the status of the TX/RX jobs currently
being processed.
Checking Transmission/Reception Results
1. Press [System Monitor].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX/RX LOG>, then
press [OK].
If you set <CHECKING THE LOG> to <OFF> in <SYSTEM SETTINGS>,
transmission/reception result does not appear in the LCD.
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to view the required
transmission/reception result.
4. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Checking and Deleting Sending/Receiving
Documents Stored in Memory
1. Press [System Monitor].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX/TX STATUS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to scroll through the job list.
If you want to delete or forward the job, go to step 4. Otherwise,
press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■
■
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired job,
then press [OK].
If you select a document with the message <TX STNDBY>, <TX
TRM...>, or <RX TRM...>, skip to step 6.
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <CANCEL> or
<TRANSFER>, then press [OK].
<TRANSFER>: Transfers the received document in memory.
<CANCEL>: Deletes the document.
You can select <TRANSFER> only for the received document in
memory.
6. To transfer the document, use the numeric keys
to enter a recipient’s number, then press [OK].
The machine starts to send the selected document.
To delete the document, press [ ] to select
<YES>.
If you do not want to cancel the job, press [ ] to select <NO>.
7. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
5-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
5 Printing and Scanning
Printing Documents .........................................................................................5-2
Advanced Printing Features ............................................................................5-3
Collate Printing .............................................................................5-3
2 on 1 Combination ....................................................................5-3
Two-Sided Printing ......................................................................5-4
Scanning to a Computer (USB connection Only) ...........................................5-6
Canceling Scan Jobs .........................................................................................5-7
Canceling Scan Jobs to a Computer .....................................5-7
Checking and Deleting Print Jobs ...................................................................5-8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printing Documents
Follow this procedure to print a document from your computer.
Make sure that the printer driver is installed. To check if the
driver is installed, see “Software Settings with Computer,” in the
Starter Guide.
For details on the printer driver settings, see the online help.
1. From a document open in an application, click
[File] [Print].
2. Select the printer icon for the machine ([Canon
MF6500 Series UFRII LT], [Canon MF6500 Series
PCL5e]*, or [Canon MF6500 Series PCL6]*), then
click [Preferences] or [Properties] to open the
dialog box.
* MF6595cx/MF6595 only
3. After you finish making the settings, click [OK].
4. Click [Print] or [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Advanced Printing Features
Collate Printing
You can print documents collated into sets arranged in page order.
For example, when printing multiple copies of a 3-page document,
the print order is 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 3, and so on.
1. From a document open in an application, click
[File] [Print].
2. Select the printer icon for the machine ([Canon
MF6500 Series UFRII LT], [Canon MF6500 Series
PCL5e]*, or [Canon MF6500 Series PCL6]*), then
click [Preferences] or [Properties] to open the
dialog box.
* MF6595cx/MF6595 only
3. Click the [Finishing] tab.
4. For [Finishing], select [Collate], then click [OK].
5. On the [Print] dialog box, click [Print] or [OK].
■ 2 on 1 Combination
2 on 1 combination automatically reduces two-page document to
fit on the selected paper size.
1. From a document open in an application, click
[File] [Print].
2. Select the printer icon for the machine ([Canon
MF6500 Series UFRII LT], [Canon MF6500 Series
PCL5e]*, or [Canon MF6500 Series PCL6]*), then
click [Preferences] or [Properties] to open the
dialog box.
* MF6595cx/MF6595 only
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
4. For [Page Layout], select [2 Pages per Sheet],
then click [OK].
5. On the [Print] dialog box, click [Print] or [OK].
Other than [2 Pages per Sheet], you can also select [4 Pages
per Sheet], [6 Pages per Sheet], [8 Pages per Sheet], [9 Pages
per Sheet], or [16 Pages per Sheet]. If you select [Poster [2 x 2]],
[Poster [3 x 3]], or [Poster [4 x 4]], you can print out a poster that
consists of multiple sheets of paper.
When reducing multiple pages to fit on a sheet, you can also
select the page order from the [Page Order] pull-down menu.
–
–
Two-Sided Printing
Two-sided printing enables you to make two-sided printouts.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
1. From a document open in an application, click
[File] [Print].
2. Select the printer icon for the machine ([Canon
MF6500 Series UFRII LT], [Canon MF6500 Series
PCL5e]*, or [Canon MF6500 Series PCL6]*), then
click [Preferences] or [Properties] to open the
dialog box.
* MF6595cx/MF6595 only
3. Click the [Finishing] tab.
4. For [Print Style], select [2-sided Printing], then
click [OK].
5. On the [Print] dialog box, click [Print] or [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Scanning to a Computer
(USB connection Only)
Follow this procedure to scan a document to your computer.
Make sure that the scanner driver is installed. To check if the
driver is installed, see “Software Settings with Computer,” in the
Starter Guide.
For details on the scanner driver settings, see the Scanner
Driver Guide (on the User Software CD).
1. Set documents.
2. Press [SCAN].
3. Start MF Toolbox, then select the scan format.
The mark is displayed above the selected button.
4. Press [Start].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Canceling Scan Jobs
Follow the procedure below to cancel an ongoing scan job.
Canceling Scan Jobs to a Computer
1. Press [Stop].
2. Click [OK] on the computer screen.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
5-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking and Deleting Print Jobs
System monitor enables you to monitor the status of the print
jobs currently being processed.
Make sure that the Processing/Data indicator is turned on. When the
Processing/Data indicator is turned off, all print jobs are erased from the
memory.
1. Press [System Monitor].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PRINT STATUS>,
then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to scroll through the job list,
and check the status of the print jobs.
If you want to delete the job, go to step 4. Otherwise, press [Stop] to
return to the standby mode.
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired job,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] to select <YES>.
If you do not want to cancel the job, press [ ] to select <NO>.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
6-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
6 N e t w o r k
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Requirements ......................................................................................6-3
Printing or Sending a Fax from a Computer .......................6-3
Basic Network Settings ....................................................................................6-4
IP Address Setting ........................................................................6-4
Interface Settings .........................................................................6-6
Communication Environment Setup ....................................6-7
Setting Up a Computer for Printing/Sending a Fax .....................................6-10
Settings from the Operation Panel ..................................... 6-10
Machine Connection Method (LPD/Raw) ........................ 6-11
Print Server Settings ................................................................ 6-14
Additional Network Settings .........................................................................6-15
TCP/IP Settings ........................................................................... 6-15
Startup Time Settings .............................................................. 6-18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
6-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Checking Network Settings ...........................................................................6-20
Machine Management ...................................................................................6-21
Machine Management Using Web Browser
(Remote UI) ................................................................................. 6-21
Machine Management Using NetSpot Device
Installer ......................................................................................... 6-21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
System Requirements
This section describes the system environments with which the
machine is compatible.
Printing or Sending a Fax from a Computer
The following system environments are compatible when printing
or sending a fax from a computer:
OS
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional
Microsoft Windows XP Professional
Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition
Microsoft Windows Server 2003
Microsoft Windows Vista
■
●
–
–
–
–
–
–
Computers
Windows; IBM PC/compatibles
Protocol
TCP/IP
If you are using Windows 2000, you need to install Service Pack 4 or later.
The machine does not support NetBEUI.
For more information on the equipment needed, consult your local
authorized Canon dealer.
●
–
●
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Basic Network Settings
Basic Network Settings are required in order to use the
following functions of the machine.
Printing or sending a fax from a computer
Before making basic network settings, confirm that the
following procedures are performed.
It is recommended that the network administrator perform the following
procedures.
1. Network Cable Connection (See “Software
Settings with Computer,” in the Starter Guide.)
Connect the machine to your network using the network cables.
2. Preparation for Protocol Settings (See “Software
Settings with Computer,” in the Starter Guide.)
Specify the machine’s IP address so that the machine and the
network computer can communicate before making protocol
settings. Any of the following can be used to specify the settings.
Machine’s operation panel (Additional Functions menu)
NetSpot Device Installer (Canon utility software included in the
User Software CD)
●
–
–
IP Address Setting
By default, the IP address is assigned to the machine automatically
by the DHCP server.
To confirm the assigned IP address, “Software Settings with
Computer,” in the Starter Guide.
If the IP address is not assigned automatically, or you want to
specify the IP address manually, follow the procedure below to
specify the IP address.
This machine also supports automatic IP addresses using BOOTP and RARP
protocols. If you use these protocols, select <ON> in step 6 of the following
procedures, then specify the <BOOTP> or <RARP> settings.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TCP/IP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <IP ADDRESS
AUTO.>, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <OFF>, then press
[OK].
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <IP ADDRESS>, then
press [OK].
8. Use the numeric keys to enter the IP address,
then press [OK].
000 . 000 . 000 . 000
Ex.
IP ADDRESS
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SUBNET MASK>,
then press [OK].
10. Use the numeric keys to enter the subnet mask,
then press [OK].
000.000.000.000
Ex.
SUBNET MASK
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <GATEWAY
ADDRESS>, then press [OK].
12. Use the numeric keys to enter the gateway
address number, then press [OK].
000.000.000.000
Ex.
GAT EWAY ADDR E S S
13. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
14. Turn off the main power on the right side of the
machine, then turn on the power to restart the
machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Interface Settings
Ethernet Driver
You can specify the communication method and Ethernet
connection type.
The default setting is <AUTO>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ETHERNET
DRIVER>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO DETECT>,
then press [OK].
■ 6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired
detection method, then press [OK].
<AUTO>: Automatically determines the communication mode (Half
duplex/Full duplex) and Ethernet type (10Base-T/100BaseTX). Skip to
step 11.
<MANUAL>: You have to manually specify the communication mode
and Ethernet type.
If you reconnect the network cable (for example, reconnect the cable
to a different Ethernet hub) with the power on, the Auto Detect
function will not work even if you set <AUTO DETECT> to <AUTO>.
(Connect the cable with the power off.)
7. If you have selected <MANUAL> in step 6, press
[] or [ ] to select <DUPLEX>, then press
[OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired
communication method, then press [OK].
<HALF DUPLEX>: Sends and receives alternately.
<FULL DUPLEX>: Sends and receives simultaneously.
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ETHERNET TYPE>,
then press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the desired Ethernet
connection type, then press [OK].
<10 BASE-T>: Establishes a 10Base-T network connection.
<100 BASE-TX>: Establishes a 100Base-TX network connection.
11. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
12. Restart the machine.
Communication Environment Setup
To set up a configuration for communication between the machine
and computers on your network, use the following procedure.
SNMP
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) helps monitor the
state of the machine and collects information on it.
The default setting is <AUTO> for <USE SNMP> and <161> for
<PORT NO.>.
The following two items can be set:
<COMMUNITY NAME>:
Sets the SNMP community name. You can specify up to two
community names.
The default setting is <public> for COMMUNITY NAME 1.
<SNMP WRITABLE>:
Enables the computers on the network to access the machine and
modify its settings if this item is activated. You can specify this
setting for each community separately.
The default setting is <ON> for SNMP WRITABLE 1 and <OFF> for
SNMP WRITABLE 2.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SNMP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USE SNMP>, then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: When you set or browse each item of the machine with utility
that uses SNMP to obtain information.
<OFF>: When you do not use an SNMP utility. Skip to step 8.
If you want to use a Canon printer driver or utility, select <ON>
for both <USE SNMP> and <DEDICATED PORT>.
You can restrict the IP addresses of computers on which items
can be set or browsed. If you restrict the IP addresses, it is
not possible to use the Remote UI to set or browse detailed
information on computers other than those whose IP addresses
are allowed, even if both <USE SNMP> and <DEDICATED PORT>
are <ON>. For details, see “IP Address Range Settings,” on p. 6-16.
7. Use [ ], [ ], or the numeric keys to change
the port number, then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMUNITY
NAME 1>, then press [OK].
–
–
9. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired
community name other than “public,” then press
[OK].
10. If you need to specify <COMMUNITY NAME
2>, press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMUNITY
NAME 2>, then press [OK].
If you need not specify <COMMUNITY NAME 2>, skip to step 12.
11. Use the numeric keys to enter the desired
community name, then press [OK].
12. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SNMP WRITABLE
1>, then press [OK].
13. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
14. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SNMP WRITABLE
2>, then press [OK].
If you need not specify <SNMP WRITABLE 2>, skip to step 16.
15. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
16. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
17. Restart the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Dedicated Port
To set or browse detailed information on the machine with a Canon
printer driver or utility, set <DEDICATED PORT> to <ON>.
The default setting is <ON>.
If you want to use a Canon printer driver or utility, select <ON> for both
<USE SNMP> and <DEDICATED PORT>.
You can restrict the IP addresses of computers on which items can be set
or browsed. If you restrict the IP addresses, it is not possible to use the
Remote UI to set or browse detailed information on computers other
than those whose IP addresses are allowed, even if both <USE SNMP>
and <DEDICATED PORT> are <ON>. For details, see “IP Address Range
Settings,” on p. 6-16.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DEDICATED
PORT>, then press [OK].
–
–
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: If you want to set or browse detailed information on the
machine with a Canon printer driver or utility.
<OFF>: If you are not using a Canon printer driver or utility.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
7. Restart the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Setting Up a Computer for Printing/Sending a Fax
This section describes procedures for Setting Up a computer for
printing/sending a fax.
Before setting up a computer for printing/sending a fax, it is
necessary to perform the following setup procedures.
It is recommended that the network administrator perform the following
procedures.
1. Network Cable Connection (See “Software
Settings with Computer,” in the Starter Guide.)
Connect the machine to your network using the network cables.
2. Preparation for Protocol Settings (See “Software
Settings with Computer,” in the Starter Guide.)
Specify the machine’s IP address so that the machine and the
network computer can communicate before making protocol
settings. Any of the following can be used to specify the settings.
Machine’s operation panel (Additional Functions menu)
NetSpot Device Installer (Canon utility software included in the
User Software CD)
–
–
3. Basic Network Settings
Set up the basic network settings between the machine and
computers on your network. To specify the settings, use:
Machine’s operation panel
Web browser (Remote UI)
If you are changing the Network Settings, the machine must be
restarted to enable the settings. Turn off the main power switch of
the machine, wait at least 10 seconds, and turn the power back on.
Settings from the Operation Panel
You can select the printing method over a TCP/IP network.
The default setting is <ON> for <USE LPD> and <151> for <PORT
NO.>.
The default setting is <ON> for <RAW SETTINGS>, <9100> for
<PORT NO.> and <ON> for <USE BIDIRECTIONAL>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TCP/IP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
–
–
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USE LPD>, then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: Uses LPD as the print application.
<OFF>: Does not use LPD. Skip to step 8.
7. Use [ ], [ ], or the numeric keys to change
the port number, then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RAW SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: Uses Raw as the print application.
<OFF>: Does not use Raw. Skip to step 13.
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PORT NO.>, then
press [OK].
11. Use [ ], [ ], or the numeric keys to change
the port number, then press [OK].
12. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USE
BIDIRECTIONAL>, then press [OK].
<ON>: Establishes bidirectional communication.
<OFF>: Does not establish bidirectional communication.
13. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode, then
restart the machine.
Machine Connection Method (LPD/Raw)
Connecting to a TCP/IP Network:
All computers that use the machine must have TCP/IP client
software installed and must be enabled for TCP/IP network use. For
details, see the manuals provided with the operating system.
Installing the Printer Driver and Specifying the Machine
Destination Setting:
To print from a computer, you must install a printer driver and
specify a setting for the machine destination. The machine
destination setting differs depending on the print application used
for printing. Use the following information as a guide to determine
the print application you are using, and then perform the necessary
operations.
LPD: This is the print application generally used with TCP/IP.
Raw: This is a print application used with Windows 2000/XP/
Server 2003/Vista. It can print at higher speeds than LPD.
In the following procedures, items displayed on the screen for Windows XP
are used; items might differ depending on your operating system.
■
●
●
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
1. Open the printer properties dialog box.
For Windows Vista, click [Start] on the Windows task bar
[Control Panel] [Printer] under [Hardware and Sound].
For Windows 2000, click [Start] on the Windows task bar
[Settings] [Printers].
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003, click [start] on the
Windows task bar [Printers and Faxes].
For Windows XP Home Edition, click [start] on the Windows
task bar [Control Panel] [Printers and Other Hardware]
[Printers and Faxes].
2. Right-click the icon of the printer you installed
select [Properties].
3. Display the [Ports] sheet by clicking the [Ports]
tab.
–
–
–
–
4. Open the [Printer Ports] dialog box by clicking
[Add Port].
5. From [Available ports types], select [Standard
TCP/IP Port] click [New Port].
The Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard starts.
6. Click [Next].
7. In [Printer Name or IP Address], enter the
machine IP address or machine host name
click [Next].
After the computer has confirmed that there is a machine in
which the entered IP address is assigned, the [Completing the Add
Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard] window appears.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
8. Click [Finish].
If the dialog box displays [Additional Port Information Required],
follow the instructions on the screen to search again, or click
[Standard] click [Canon Network Printing Device with P9100] from
the pull-down list click [Next].
9. Click [Close] to close the [Printer Ports] dialog
box.
10. In the printer properties dialog box, click
[Configure Port] Click [LPR] under [Protocol]
enter a print queue in [Queue Name] under
[LPR Settings].
If you want to use Raw, confirm [Raw] under [Protocol] is selected,
and proceed to step 11.
You can specify a print queue in [Queue Name]. The following three
print queues are available:
LP: The machine prints according to its spool settings. Normally
select this option.
SPOOL: The machine prints only after spooling a print job on the
hard disk, regardless of its spool settings.
DIRECT: The machine prints without spooling a print job on the hard
disk, regardless of its spool settings.
11. Click [OK].
12. Click [Close].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Print Server Settings
If Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista is on your network, the
following procedure enables you to set up a print server for more
efficient management of network printers. Once a print server is set
up, print jobs can be managed by the print server. Also, by setting
up an alternate driver for the print server, printer drivers can be
installed in each computer via the network.
1. Open the printer properties dialog box.
For Windows Vista, click [Start] on the Windows task bar
[Control Panel] [Hardware and Sound] [Printers]
For Windows 2000, click [Start] on the Windows task bar
[Settings] [Printers].
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003, click [start] on the
Windows task bar [Printers and Faxes].
For Windows XP Home Edition, click [start] on the Windows task
bar [Control Panel] [Printers and Other Hardware] Printers
and Faxes].
2. Right-click the icon of the printer you installed
select [Sharing].
3. For Windows Vista, click [Change sharing
options]
For other operating systems, skip to step 4.
Click [Continue] to proceed if the [User Account Control] dialog box
appears.
■
–
–
–
–
4. Select [Share this printer] (Windows 2000:
[Shared as]) and enter a share name.
5. If this machine is shared with users running
different versions of Windows, click [Additional
drivers].
When the alternate driver is installed, additional windows will open
for entering the location of the file containing the printer driver.
Follow the instructions in these windows.
To install the printer driver on another computer, use the [Printer
Wizard] window for selecting the printer destination select
[Network printer] select the shared printer for the computer
selected in the print server.
6. Click [OK].
The shared printer settings are complete.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Additional Network Settings
Depending on your network environment, additional network
settings may be required.
It is recommended that the network administrator perform the following
procedures.
TCP/IP Settings
HTTP Settings
You can select whether or not to use HTTP (HyperText Transfer
Protocol) for Remote UI.
The default setting is <ON> for <USE HTTP> and <80> for <PORT
NO.>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
■
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TCP/IP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USE HTTP>, then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: Uses the Remote UI.
<OFF>: Does not use the Remote UI. Skip to step 8.
7. Use [ ], [ ], or the numeric keys to change
the port number, then press [OK].
8. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
9. Restart the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
IP Address Range Settings
You can restrict the machine access from the computers on the
network by specifying the range of IP addresses allowed/ forbidden
to access the machine.
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TCP/IP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SET IP ADD
RANGE>, then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
<OFF>: Disables IP address filter.
<ON>: Enables an IP address filter.
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <PERMIT/REJECT>,
then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REJECT> or
<PERMIT>, then press [OK].
<REJECT>: Restricts the access to the machine (printing/PC faxing/
Remote UI) from the computers with certain IP addresses.
<PERMIT>: Permits the access to the machine (printing/PC faxing/
Remote UI) from the computers with certain IP addresses.
9. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SET IP ADDRESS>,
then press [OK].
10. Press [ ] or [ ] to select from <IP ADDRESS
1> through <IP ADDRESS 4>, then press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
11. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <START IP
ADDRESS>, then press [OK].
12. Use the numeric keys to enter the start IP
address, then press [OK].
13. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <END IP ADDRESS>,
then press [OK].
14. Use the numeric keys to enter the end IP
address, then press [OK].
To enter another IP address range, repeat step 10 to 14.
15. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
16. Restart the machine.
RX MAC Address Settings
You can restrict the machine access from the computers on the
network by specifying the MAC addresses of the computers
allowed/forbidden to access the machine.
The default setting is <OFF>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TCP/IP SETTINGS>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX MAC ADD
SET.>, then press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<OFF>: Disables a MAC address filter. Skip to step 10.
<ON>: Enables a MAC address filter.
If you select <ON>, you will be unable to access from MAC addresses
which have not been specified.
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select from <PERMIT RX
ADD1> through <PERMIT RX ADD5>, then press
[OK].
8. Use the numeric keys to enter the MAC address
of the computer allowed to access the machine,
then press [OK].
9. Repeat step 7 and 8 to specify other MAC
addresses.
10. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
11. Restart the machine.
Startup Time Settings
If you connect the machine to a switching hub, it may not be able
to connect to a network even though your network settings are set
correctly.
This occurs because the spanning tree process performed between
switching hubs prevents them from communicating with each
other immediately after the machine connects to a switching hub.
In this case, use the following procedure to delay the startup of
network communication.
The default setting is <60SEC>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <STARTUP TIME
SET.>, then press [OK].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
5. Use [ ], [ ], or the numeric keys to set the
time period required to delay the startup of
network communications for the machine, then
press [OK].
You can enter the value from 0 to 300 (seconds).
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
7. Restart the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking Network Settings
You can check the current network settings as follows.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <NETWORK
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <VIEW IP
ADDRESS>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <IP ADDRESS>,
<SUBNET MASK>, or <GATEWAY ADDRESS> for
displaying the setting you want to check, then
press [OK].
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
6-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Machine Management
The machine enables you to use any of the following software
to check the status and to specify the settings on your
computer.
Web browser (Remote UI)
NetSpot Device Installer (Canon utility software included in
the User Software CD)
Machine Management Using Web Browser
(Remote UI)
You can use Remote UI installed in the machine to manage it on a
web browser.
For using Remote UI, see “Using the Remote UI,” on p. 7-4.
–
–
■
Machine Management Using NetSpot
Device Installer
NetSpot Device Installer is utility software for specifying the initial
settings of Canon devices connected to a network. Available on the
CD-ROM, installing NetSpot Device Installer enables network users
to quickly and easily specify the initial settings of network devices.
For instructions on how to use NetSpot Device Installer, see the
online help for NetSpot Device Installer.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
7-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
7 Remote UI
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Requirements ......................................................................................7-3
Windows ..........................................................................................7-3
Macintosh .......................................................................................7-3
Using the Remote UI ........................................................................................7-4
Starting the Remote UI ..............................................................7-4
Displaying Device Status and Information ....................................................7-6
Job Management ..............................................................................................7-7
Managing Print Jobs ...................................................................7-7
Viewing the Print Log .................................................................7-8
Viewing the Activity Log ...........................................................7-9
Managing the Address Book (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .............7-10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
7-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Customizing System Settings ........................................................................7-13
Customizing System Information ....................................... 7-13
Import/Export Function .................................................................................7-16
Saving the Address Book
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................................... 7-16
Loading an Address Book
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................................... 7-17
Saving Additional Functions Settings in Files
(Export) ......................................................................................... 7-19
Loading Additional Functions Settings Files
(Overwrite/Import) ................................................................... 7-20
Device Custom Settings .................................................................................7-22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
System Requirements
The Remote UI has been confirmed to work in the following
system environments.
Windows
OS
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional
Microsoft Windows XP
Microsoft Windows Vista
Web Browser
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 SP1 or later
Netscape Communicator/Navigator 6.0 or later, except Netscape
Communicator 6
■
●
–
–
–
●
–
–
Macintosh
OS
Mac OS 8.6 or later, until Mac OS X Classic
Web Browser
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 SP1 or later
■
●
–
●
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Using the Remote UI
The Remote UI software enables you to access and manage the
machine connected to a network using a web browser.
Check the machine status from a network computer
Set and control the machine from a computer
Starting the Remote UI
Before you start the Remote UI, select <VIEW IP ADDRESS> in <NETWORK
SETTINGS> located in the <SYSTEM SETTINGS>, and verify the IP address of
the machine. If you do not know the IP address, consult with your network
administrator. (See “Checking Network Settings,” on p. 6-20.)
1. Start the web browser.
2. Enter the IP address of the machine in [Address]
or [Location] press [Enter] on the keyboard.
The Remote UI screen appears.
●
●
■
3. Enter the required information.
For [Administrator Mode], enter the System Manager password if
required.
For [End-User Mode], enter your user name.
For details on the System Manager password, see “Customizing
System Information,” on p. 7-13.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
4. Click [OK].
[Device] - [Status] page is displayed when you logon the Remote UI.
A Displays the current status of the machine,
etc.
B
Takes you to the Remote UI top page.
C Updates (refreshes) the currently displayed
screen with the latest information.
D Displays the online help for the Remote UI.
E Displays the current status of print jobs, etc.
F Takes you back to the top of a current page.
G Displays a list of settings for the machine, etc.
H Displays the Address Book data (one-touch
keys, etc.) registered on the machine.
Takes you back to the previous page.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Displaying Device Status and Information
You can view the current status of the machine and also
information about the administrator in charge of the machine,
the installation location and various machine settings.
1. Click [Device] select the item you want to
display from the menu that appears under
[Device].
[Status] Displays the current status of the
machine and any error messages.
To check details of errors, click [Error
Information].
[Information] Displays information related to the
machine, such as the system manager’s
information and the location of the
machine.
[Features] Displays the functions that are available
with the current system configuration.
[Network] Displays information about the network
interface and any network protocols
that are enabled. If you are using
Administrator Mode, you can also adjust
these settings.
[Counter Check] Displays the total number of pages that
have been output for printing, copying,
and received job printing.
If you are changing the Network Settings, the machine must be
restarted to enable the settings. Turn off the main power switch of
the machine, wait at least 10 seconds, and turn the power back on.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Job Management
The Remote UI enables you to manage print jobs. It also
enables you to view the sending and receiving results of fax
jobs.
If you set <CHECKING THE LOG> to <OFF> in <SYSTEM SETTINGS>,
no job logs appear in the list. (See “Checking the Job Log,” on p. 8-6.)
Managing Print Jobs
You can use the Remote UI to manage print jobs that are being
processed by the machine, or are held in the print queue.
If [Permit End-user’s Job Operation] is not selected in [Register
ID and Password] or [Register Password] in [Edit] in [System
Settings] under [Add.Func.], you cannot delete any print jobs when
the machine is in the End-User Mode. If [Permit End-user’s Job
Operation] is selected, you can delete print jobs for which you have
owner privileges. (See “Customizing System Settings,” on p. 7-13.)
■
1. Click [Job Status] select [Print Job] from the
menu that appears under [Job Status].
A list of print jobs being waiting or processed by the machine appear
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2. To delete a print job, select the [Select] check
box next to the desired job click [ ].
You cannot recover the job once it is deleted.
Viewing the Print Log
The Remote UI enables you to view the [Print Log] of print jobs.
The [Print Log] shows up to 128 recent print jobs.
1. Click [Job Status] select [Print Log] from the
menu that appears under [Job Status].
The [Print Log] appears displaying information about print jobs that
have already been processed by the machine.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Viewing the Activity Log
The Remote UI enables you to view the [Activity Log] of fax jobs.
The [Activity Log] shows up to 40 recent transactions.
1. Click [Job Status] select [Activity Log] from
the menu that appears under [Job Status].
The [Activity Log] appears displaying information about fax jobs that
have already been processed by the machine.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Managing the Address Book
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
The Remote UI enables you to view and modify the Address
Book data.
You can also access these setting menus from the operation panel of the
machine. For details, see “Machine Settings,” on p. 11-3.
1. Click [Address] [One-touch Speed Dial] or
[Coded Dial] from the menu that appears under
[Address].
To view/ edit the registered addresses:
Click the number or the name to display the current address
information.
You can edit registered addresses only when you are in the
Administrator Mode.
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
To edit the information, click [Edit] make the necessary changes
on the Change Address screen click [OK].
To register a new address:
Click [None] or any number for which [None] is displayed as the
name.
●
Specify the type of address from [Type] enter the necessary
information click [OK].
For group dialing, select [Group] from [Type] enter a group name
in [Group Name] click [Address Book] under [Members List].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Select [One-touch Speed Dial] or [Coded Dial] from the drop-down
list select the check box next to the number to register for the
group dialing click [OK].
Make sure that the registered addresses are displayed in [Members
List] click [OK].
To delete the registered addresses:
Select the check box next to the number to delete click [ ].
You cannot recover the address once it is deleted.
●
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Customizing System Settings
Customizing System Information
The Remote UI enables you to specify the machine’s system
settings.
You can edit [System Settings] only when you are in the Administrator
Mode.
You can also access the system settings from the operation panel of the
machine. For details, see “Machine Settings,” on p. 11-3.
1. Click [Add.Func.] [System Settings] from the
menu that appears under [Add.Func.] click
[Edit].
■
–
–
2. Enter the necessary information click [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
To restrict the Send Function:
Click [Restrict Access to Destinations].
Select the necessary settings click [OK].
●Restrict New Address: This mode enables you to restrict
the sending of documents to
addresses which do not exist in the
Address Book. If this check box is
selected, specifying destinations
using the numeric keys, changing
registered destinations and the
registering of new addresses is
restricted.
Allow Fax Driver Send: If you want to allow the sending of
faxes from a computer using the
fax driver, select this check box.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
To set the System Manager password:
Click [Register Password].
Specify the necessary fields click [OK].
●Set Password: Select this check box to set the
System Manager password.
System Manager
Password:
Enter a number (seven digits
maximum).
Confirm: Enter the password again. If the
number you enter here is different
from the number entered for
[System Manager Password], an
error dialog box appears.
Permit End-user’s Job
Operation:
Select this check box to permit
deleting print jobs for which you
have owner privileges when the
machine is in the End-User Mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Import/Export Function
The Remote UI enables you to save the Address Book and other
settings information, such as a file that can be loaded into the
machine when needed. This function is useful when you want
to use the same settings on another machine, and for backing
up. The Import/Export function is intended for data exchange,
and is available only through the Remote UI.
The Import/Export operation may take more than a few minutes to
complete. Do not turn the machine’s main power off until the operation is
complete. Otherwise, the machine may malfunction.
If the machine is in the Sleep mode, press [Power] on the operation panel
to cancel the Sleep mode before performing an Import operation.
During an Export operation, the screen display does not change until the
operation is complete. Do not click [Start Export] while the hourglass or
pointer indicates that the operation is still being processed.
[Import/Export] is displayed only when you are in the Administrator
Mode.
–
–
–
Saving the Address Book (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
You can store the Address Book as a file in your computer.
1. Click [Add.Func.] select [Import/Export] from
the menu that appears under [Add.Func.] click
[Address Book].
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2. Click [Start Export].
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to specify
the location where you want to save the file.
The file is saved in the specified location.
Loading an Address Book (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
You can load address books into the machine from saved files.
If the machine is in the Sleep mode, press [Power] on the operation panel
to cancel the Sleep mode before performing an Import operation.
Do not load the address book when the machine is set for Delayed
Sending.
When you register the contents of a new file, the currently registered
addresses are overwritten by the new address list.
You can register up to 123 addresses in the Address Book. Each address is
treated as a separate item.
You cannot import the settings in <OPTIONAL SETTING> in <ADDRESS
BOOK SET.> (See “Registering One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded
Speed Dialing Codes,” on p. 4-6.)
You cannot import the group dialing information which contains another
group dialing.
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
1. Click [Add.Func.] select [Import/Export] from
the menu that appears under [Add.Func.] click
[Address Book].
2. Click [Import].
3. Click [Browse] select the file to import click
[OK].
Do not import any files while the machine is executing other jobs.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Saving Additional Functions Settings in
Files (Export)
You can store Additional Functions settings as a file in your
computer.
1. Click [Add.Func.] select [Import/Export] from
the menu that appears under [Add.Func.] click
[Additional Functions].
■ 2. Click [Start Export].
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to specify
the location where you want to save the file.
The file is saved in the specified location.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Loading Additional Functions Settings
Files (Overwrite/Import)
You can load Additional Functions settings into the machine from
saved files.
If the machine is in the Sleep mode, press [Power] on the operation panel
to cancel the Sleep mode before performing an Import operation.
1. Click [Add.Func.] select [Import/Export] from
the menu that appears under [Add.Func.] click
[Additional Functions].
■ 2. Click [Import].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Click [Browse] select the file to import click
[OK].
When Additional Functions settings are imported, Network
Settings are automatically overwritten.
The machine must be restarted to enable the imported
Additional Functions settings. After importing, turn off the main
power switch of the machine, wait at least 10 seconds, and turn
the power back on.
After importing Additional Functions settings, the Remote UI
cannot be used to perform other operations until the machine is
restarted.
Do not import any files while the machine is executing other
jobs.
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
7-22
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Device Custom Settings
The Remote UI enables you to edit the machine’s custom
settings.
You can also access these setting menus from the Operation Panel of the
machine. For details, see “Machine Settings,” on p. 11-3.
1. Click [Add.Func.] select [Common Settings]
from the menu that appears under [Add.Func.]
click the type of custom setting that you want
to specify.
2. Specify all the necessary fields click [OK].
The above screen shot shows [Common Settings].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
8-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
8 System Settings
Device Information Settings ...........................................................................8-2
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) ...............................8-3
Restricting Access to Destinations (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ......8-4
Restricting the New Address ....................................................8-4
Restricting PC Faxing ..................................................................8-5
Checking the Job Log .......................................................................................8-6
Restricting the USB Interface Port ..................................................................8-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Device Information Settings
You can set a name for the machine, and enter information
regarding its location.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DEVICE INFO>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <DEVICE NAME>,
then press [OK].
5. Use the numeric keys to enter a name (up to 32
characters), then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <LOCATION>, then
press [OK].
7. Use the numeric keys to enter the location of the
machine (up to 32 characters), then press [OK].
8. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Remote UI
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only)
You can set whether to enable the Remote UI to operate the
machine and change settings.
The default setting is <ON>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REMOTE UI>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: You can specify settings and operate the machine through
the Remote UI.
<OFF>: You cannot specify settings and operate the machine
through the Remote UI.
5. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
The Remote UI is enabled only after you restart the machine.
(the main power switch is turned off, and then back on.)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Restricting Access to Destinations
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
You can send the documents with following restrictions.
Restricting the New Address
Restricting PC Faxing
Restricting the New Address
This mode enables you to restrict the entering of new destinations.
The default setting is <OFF>.
When you set <RESTRICT NEW ADD.> to <ON>, the following are
restricted:
Specifying a destination using the numeric keys.
Changing registered destinations.
Registering new destinations.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
–
–
■
–
–
–
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ACCESS TO DEST.>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RESTRICT NEW
ADD.>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<OFF>: Does not restrict the entering of new destinations.
<ON>: Restrict the entering of new destinations.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Restricting PC Faxing
You can specify whether or not to allow sending faxes from
computers using the fax driver.
The default setting is <ON>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ACCESS TO DEST.>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FAX DRIVER TX>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: Allow sending faxes from computers using the fax driver.
<OFF>: Does not allow sending faxes from computers using the fax
driver.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking the Job Log
You can specify whether or not to check the job log. When you
set <CHECKING THE LOG> to <ON>, you can check the job log
using the System Monitor screen. When you set <CHECKING
THE LOG> to <OFF>, the job log does not appear on the System
Monitor screen.
The default setting is <ON>.
When you set <CHECKING THE LOG> to <OFF>, the Activity Report will not
print automatically.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <CHECKING THE
LOG>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
5. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
8-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Restricting the USB Interface Port
You can specify whether to accept or reject jobs by restricting
the connection to the USB port.
The default setting is <ON>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SYSTEM
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USE DEVICE USB>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or <OFF>,
then press [OK].
<ON>: The machine accepts jobs through the USB port.
<OFF>: The machine does not accept jobs through the USB port.
5. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
6. Restart the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
9-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
9 Maintenance
Cleaning the Machine ......................................................................................9-3
Exterior .............................................................................................9-3
Interior .............................................................................................9-4
Fuser Roller .....................................................................................9-7
Scanning area ................................................................................9-8
Transcription Roller .................................................................. 9-12
Replacing the Toner Cartridge ......................................................................9-13
Redistributing Toner ................................................................ 9-13
Replacing the Toner Cartridge ............................................. 9-15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
9-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Recycling Used Cartridges .............................................................................9-19
The Clean Earth Campaign .................................................... 9-19
U.S.A. PROGRAM ........................................................................ 9-20
CANADA PROGRAM-CANADA PROGRAMME ................. 9-22
Transporting the Machine .............................................................................9-25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Cleaning the Machine
Note the following before cleaning your machine:
Make sure no document is stored in memory, then turn off the
main power switch and disconnect the power cord.
Use a soft cloth to avoid scratching the components.
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, or similar materials for
cleaning; they can stick to the components or generate static
charges.
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any
other chemical cleaner to clean the machine. These can damage the
machine components.
Any data stored in the memory, including received fax documents, will
be deleted about 60 minutes after you turn off the main power switch or
unplug the power cord.
–
–
–
–
–
Exterior
1. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect
the power cord.
2. Wipe the machine’s exterior with a clean, soft,
lint-free cloth dampened with water or diluted
dishwashing detergent solution.
3. Wait for the machine to dry, then reconnect the
power cord and turn on the main power switch.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Interior
Clean the machine’s print area periodically to prevent toner powder
and paper dust from accumulating inside.
1. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect
the power cord.
2. Open the left cover.
3. Grasp the blue plastic pull tab (A) on the toner
cartridge.
Do not touch the rollers and parts which have labels “CAUTION! Hot
surface avoid contact” on. They become very hot during use.
■4. Pull the blue plastic pull tab until you can easily
hold the handle of the toner cartridge.
5. Remove the toner cartridge.
Always hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
To avoid exposing the toner cartridge to light, place it in its
protective bag or wrap it in a thick cloth.
Do not open the drum protective shutter on the toner cartridge.
Print quality may deteriorate if the drum surface is exposed to
light or is damaged.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Use a clean, soft, dry, lint-free cloth to remove
any toner or paper debris from the machine’s
interior.
Do not touch the fixing assembly (A) as it becomes very hot
during use.
Do not touch the transfer roller (B) as this can damage the
machine.
If loose toner comes into contact with your skin or clothing, wash
with cold water. Warm water will set the toner.
–
–
–
7. Hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
The arrows (A) on the toner cartridge should be pointing toward the
machine.
8. Insert the toner cartridge into the machine as
far as it will go.
The left edge (A) and the right side protrusions (B, C) of the toner
cartridge should be aligned with on the guides inside the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
9. Push the toner cartridge to make sure it is
properly set in the machine.
Do not touch the fixing assembly (A) as it becomes very hot during
use.
10. Close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
If you cannot close the left cover, do not force it to close. Open
the cover and make sure the toner cartridge is properly set in the
machine.
11. Reconnect the power cord and turn on the main
power switch.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Fuser Roller
If black streaks appear with printing, the fuser roller in the main unit
may be dirty.
Should this occur, clean the fusing roller in the following procedure.
The roller should also be cleaned each time the toner cartridge is
replaced. Load a sheet of blank LTR paper into the multi-purpose
tray and start cleaning.
Cleaning the roller takes approximately 100 seconds.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADJUST./
CLEANING>, then press [OK].
3. Open the multi-purpose tray.
■4. Pull out the multi-purpose tray extension until it
clicks, then open it.
5. Load a sheet of blank LTR paper.
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FIX. UNIT
CLEANING>, then press [OK].
Cleaning starts. When finished, the display returns to the standby
mode.
Use standard paper as the cleaning paper.
Throw away the cleaning paper after use.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Scanning area
Keep the scanning area clean to avoid dirty copies or faxes to be
sent.
Platen glass
1. Open the ADF.
2. Clean the platen glass and the underside of the
ADF with a cloth dampened with water. Then
wipe the area with a soft, dry cloth.
Do not dampen the cloth too much, as this may tear the document
or damage the machine.
■3. Close the ADF.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
ADF (Cleaning the ADF Manually)
If your documents have black streaks or appear dirty after copying
them using the ADF, this may be caused by pencil lead rubbing off
the documents and onto the roller. Clean the ADF scanning area,
film, and roller.
1. Turn off the main power switch and disconnect
the power cord.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Clean the rollers (A) inside the ADF with a cloth
dampened with water. Then wipe the area with a
soft, dry cloth.
Do not dampen the cloth too much, as this may tear the document
or damage the machine.
4. Lift the document feeder tray.
5. Clean the rollers (B) below the document feeder
tray with a cloth dampened with water.
Then wipe the area with a soft, dry cloth.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Lower the document feeder tray.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
7. Close the ADF cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
8. Open the ADF.
9. Clean the ADF scanning area (on the left side
of the platen glass) and the document feeding
roller with a cloth dampened with water. Then
wipe the area with a soft, dry cloth.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
10. Close the ADF.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
11. Reconnect the power cord and turn on the main
power switch.
Cleaning the ADF Automatically
If your documents have black streaks or appear dirty after scanning
them through the ADF, clean the ADF roller by repeatedly feeding
blank sheets of paper through it.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADJUST./
CLEANING>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <FEEDER
CLEANING>, then press [OK].
4. Load 5 sheets of blank paper into the ADF, then
press [OK].
ADF cleaning starts. When finished, the display returns to the
standby mode.
Use LTR paper.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Transcription Roller
If the back of the paper is smudged after printing, the transcription
roller may be dirty.
Clean the transcription roller in the following procedure.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ADJUST./
CLEANING>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TRANS. ROLR
CLEAN>, then press [OK].
Cleaning starts. When finished, the display returns to the standby
mode.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Replacing the Toner Cartridge
When the LCD displays <TONER LOW/PREPARE NEW TONER>,
redistribute toner in the toner cartridge. If the message
persists, replace the toner cartridge.
When toner empty error occurs while receiving fax, printing
fax is interrupted and the received data will be stored in the
memory. If you set <CONT. PRINTING> in <PRINTER SETTINGS>
in <FAX SETTINGS> to <KEEP PRINTING>, you can keep printing
fax documents or reports without replacing the toner cartridge.
The default setting for <CONT. PRINTING> is <RX TO MEMORY>.
(See “CONT. PRINTING,” on p. 11-18.)
When <CONT. PRINTING> is set to <ON>, the printed documents may
be light or blurred because of lack of toner. The data is erased when the
documents are printed out, so you can not print the same documents
again.
Redistributing Toner
1. Open the left cover.
■
2. Grasp the blue plastic pull tab (A) on the toner
cartridge.
3. Pull the blue plastic pull tab until you can easily
hold the handle of the toner cartridge.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
4. Remove the toner cartridge.
Always hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
Do not open the drum protective shutter on the toner cartridge.
Print quality may deteriorate if the drum surface is exposed to
light or is damaged.
If your hands or clothes get dirty from touching the toner, wash
them immediately in cold water. Do not use hot water. Doing so
may cause the toner to set permanently.
5. Gently rock the toner cartridge several times to
evenly distribute toner inside.
–
–
–
6. Hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
The arrows (A) on the toner cartridge should be pointing toward the
machine.
7. Insert the toner cartridge into the machine as
far as it will go.
The left edge (A) and the right side protrusions (B, C) of the toner
cartridge should be aligned with the guides inside the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
8. Push the toner cartridge to make sure it is
properly set in the machine.
Do not touch the fixing assembly (A) as it becomes very hot during
use.
9. Close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
If you cannot close the left cover, do not force it to close. Open
the cover and make sure the toner cartridge is properly set in the
machine.
–
–
Replacing the Toner Cartridge
1. Open the left cover.
2. Grasp the blue plastic pull tab (A) on the toner
cartridge.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Pull the blue plastic pull tab until you can easily
hold the handle of the toner cartridge.
4. Remove the toner cartridge.
Always hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
Do not open the drum protective shutter on the toner cartridge.
Print quality may deteriorate if the drum surface is exposed to
light or is damaged.
–
–
5. Remove the new toner cartridge from the
protective material.
Save the protective bag. You may need it later when you remove the
toner cartridge from the machine.
6. Gently rock the toner cartridge several times to
evenly distribute toner inside.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Remove the seals (2 places).
8. Bend back the blue plastic pull tab.
Do not remove the pull tab as it is used to pull out the toner when
the cartridge needs replaced.
9. Pull out the seal completely.
Do not pull out the seal at an angle.
If toner is adhered on the removed seal, be careful that your
hands or clothes do not get dirty from touching the toner.
If your hands or clothes get dirty from touching the toner, wash
them immediately in cold water. Do not use hot water. If you do,
the toner may be set permanently.
10. Hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
The arrows (A) on the toner cartridge should be pointing toward the
machine.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
11. Insert the toner cartridge into the machine as
far as it will go.
The left edge (A) and the right side protrusions (B, C) of the toner
cartridge should be aligned with the guides inside the machine.
12. Push the toner cartridge to make sure it is
properly set in the machine.
Do not touch the fixing assembly (A) as it becomes very hot during
use.
13. Close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
If you cannot close the left cover, do not force it to close. Open
the cover and make sure the toner cartridge is properly set in the
machine.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Recycling Used Cartridges
Canon has instituted a worldwide recycling
program for cartridges called “The Clean
Earth Campaign”. This program preserves
precious natural resources by utilizing
a variety of materials found in the used
cartridges that are of no further use, to
remanufacture new cartridges which, at the
same time, keeps the environment cleaner
by reducing landfill waste. Complete details
concerning this program are enclosed in
each Cartridge box.
The Clean Earth Campaign
THE Canon CARTRIDGE RECYCLING PROGRAM
The Canon Cartridge Recycling Program fulfills the first initiative
of Canon’s Clean Earth Campaign, which supports four critical
environmental areas:
Recycling in the Workplace
Conserving Environmental Resources
Scientific Research and Education
Encouraging Outdoors Appreciation
■
–
–
–
–
The remaining “Clean Earth” initiatives are supported in the U.S.
through sponsorships of the National Park Foundation, the National
Wildlife Federation, and The Nature Conservancy and in Canada
through donations to the World Wildlife Fund Canada and The
Nature Conservancy of Canada.
Since its inception, The Canon Cartridge Recycling Program has
collected huge amount of cartridges that otherwise would have
been discarded into landfills or similar facilities. Instead, this rapidly
growing program returns used cartridges to the manufacturing
process, thus conserving an array of resources.
Becoming a part of this worthwhile program is easy. When your
cartridge is of no further use, simply follow the instructions detailed
for U.S. or Canadian residents.
We appreciate your support of The Canon Cartridge Recycling
Program.
Working together we can make a significant contribution to a
cleaner planet.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Cartridges collected through this program are not refilled.
You are not entitled to a tax deduction or rebate for the return of
empty cartridges.
This program may be modified or discontinued without notice.
–
–
–
U.S.A. PROGRAM
Packaging
Option A-1: Single Box Return
Repackage the empty cartridge utilizing the wrapper and pulp
mould end-blocks from the new cartridge’s box.
Place the empty cartridge in the box of your new cartridge. Seal
the box.
Option B: Volume Box Return
We encourage you to use this option as a more efficient way to ship
cartridges.
■
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Place as many cartridges as possible into one box.
Carefully seal the box with tape;
or
Call 1-800-OK-Canon to receive your free eight cartridge
collection box.
Option A-2: Multiple Box Return
We encourage you to use this option as a more efficient way to ship
cartridges.
Complete Option A-1.
Bundle multiple cartridge boxes together securely with tape.
–
–
–
–
Please be sure that the shipment does not exceed UPS
specifications.
Maximum weight = 70 lb. (31.8 kg)
Maximum length = 108 in. (2,743 mm)
Maximum girth (length + 2 x width + 2 x height) = 130 in. (3,302
mm)
If your shipment exceeds the above limits, please call 1-800-OK-
Canon for special shipping information.
Please Note:
Do not send defective cartridges for replacement.
Defective cartridges under warranty should be exchanged by an
authorized dealer or service facility as provided in the warranty.
Shipping
Apply the UPS authorized returning label provided in this guide.
Residents of Alaska and Hawaii: Do not use the UPS authorized
returning label. For Alaska and Hawaii Canon set up alternative mail
service with the U.S. Postal Service.
Please call 1-800-OK-Canon to receive U.S. Postal Service
merchandise returning label.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-22
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Give the shipment to your UPS driver when you receive your next
regular delivery (UPS may charge a fee for customers who call
UPS to pick up a cartridge shipment if they do not already have a
delivery scheduled.);
or
Take the shipment to your local UPS receiving point.
–
–
CANADA PROGRAM-CANADA
PROGRAMME
Option A: Single Box Return
Repackage the empty cartridge utilizing the wrapper and pulp
mould end-blocks from the new cartridge’s box.
Place the empty cartridge in the box of your new cartridge. Seal
the box.
Apply the Canon Canada Inc./Canada Post label provided in this
brochure. Canon’s labels are specially marked so that Canon pays
the postage.
Deposit your empty cartridge in any full size street mailbox or
take it to your local Canada Post outlet or franchise.
■
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-23
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Option B: Volume Box Return (eight or more cartridges)
We encourage you to use this option as a more efficient way to ship
cartridges.
Call 1-800-667-2666 to receive your free Canon collection box
kit.
The collection box can accommodate eight individual cartridge
boxes.
Place your eight individually packaged boxes of empty cartridges
into the Canon collection box. Seal the box.
Apply the Canon Canada Inc./Canada Post label provided in this
brochure.
Canon’s labels are specially marked so that Canon pays the
postage.
Deliver to any local Canada Post outlet or franchise. Customers
who hold a Commercial pick-up agreement with Canada Post
may have their collection box picked up.
–
–
–
–
–
–
Working to preserve endangered species is a long-standing Canon
interest.
To this end, for every cartridge collected, Canon Canada donates $1,
shared equally between World Wildlife Fund Canada and the Nature
Conservancy of Canada. This donation is utilized in Canada.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-24
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
For further information about The Clean Earth Campaign in
Canada, please call or write to Canon.
1-800-667-2666
Canon Canada Inc.
Corporate Customer Relations
6390 Dixie Road
Mississauga, ON L5T 1P7
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-25
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Transporting the Machine
Follow this procedure to avoid vibration damage to the
machine when transporting it over a long distance.
1. Turn off the main power switch.
2. Disconnect the power cord and all the cables
from the back of the machine.
3. Open the left cover.
4. Grasp the blue plastic pull tab (A) on the toner
cartridge.
5. Pull the blue plastic pull tab until you can easily
hold the handle of the toner cartridge.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-26
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
6. Remove the toner cartridge.
Always hold the toner cartridge by its handle.
To avoid exposing the toner cartridge to light, place it in its
protective bag or wrap it in a thick cloth.
Do not open the drum protective shutter on the toner cartridge.
Print quality may deteriorate if the drum surface is exposed to
light or is damaged.
–
–
–
7. Close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
8. Make sure the multi-purpose tray and the paper
stopper are back in their original position.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
9-27
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
9. Use the handles (on the left side) and the hand
grips (on the right side) to lift the machine.
Be sure at least two people carry the machine.
Do not lift the machine by any of its attachments. Dropping the
machine can cause personal injury.
If you have a back problem, make sure to check the weight of
this machine before carrying. (See Chapter 13, “Appendix,” in the
Basic Operation Guide.)
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
10-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
10 Troubleshooting
Clearing Jams..................................................................................................10-3
Document Jams ......................................................................... 10-3
Paper Jams ................................................................................... 10-5
LCD Messages .................................................................................................10-9
Error Codes (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ....................................... 10-14
If <CHANGE PAPER SIZE> is displayed ....................................................... 10-17
Re-loading the Paper .............................................................10-17
Changing the Paper Size Setting .......................................10-17
General Problems ........................................................................................ 10-19
Paper Feeding Problems ............................................................................. 10-21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
10-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Fax Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) .................................... 10-22
Sending Problems...................................................................10-22
Receiving Problems ................................................................10-26
Copying Problems ....................................................................................... 10-32
Printing Problems ....................................................................................... 10-35
Telephone Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)........................ 10-39
Network Problems (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only) ............ 10-40
If a Power Failure Occurs ............................................................................. 10-42
If You Cannot Solve a Problem ................................................................... 10-43
Customer Support (U.S.A.) ...................................................10-43
Customer Support (Canada) ...............................................10-43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Clearing Jams
When a jam occurs in the machine, the paper jam message
appears on the LCD display. Check the jam location indicator
where the jam occurs, then remove the jammed paper.
Check the following if you experience repeated paper jams:
Fan and tap the paper stack on a flat surface before loading it
in the machine.
Check that the paper you are using meets the requirements
for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on p. 2-7.)
Make sure you have removed any scraps of paper from the
inside of the machine.
When removing jammed documents or paper, take care not to cut your
hands on the edges of the document or paper.
When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the
machine, do not allow necklaces, bracelets, or other metal objects to
touch the inside of the machine, as this may result in burns or electrical
shock.
If you tear the paper, remove any torn pieces to avoid further jams.
If loose toner comes into contact with your skin or clothing, wash with
cold water. Warm water will set the toner.
Do not use excessive force to remove a jammed document or paper from
the machine. Contact Canon Customer Care Center for assistance if needed.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Document Jams
When <CHECK DOCUMENT> or <DOCUMENT TOO LONG> appears
on the LCD display, remove the jammed document from the ADF or
the document delivery slot.
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Remove any jammed documents.
Do not use excessive force when pulling the document, as it may
tear.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Lift the document feeder tray.
4. Remove any jammed documents.
5. Lower the document feeder tray and close the
ADF cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
6. Open the ADF and then hold both sides of any
jammed documents and gently pull them out.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Close the ADF.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
P a p e r J a m s
When < PAPER JAM> appears on the LCD display, remove jammed
paper from inside the machine first, then from the paper cassette if
necessary.
If you experience repeated paper jams, check the following:
Even the edge of the paper stack by a flat surface before loading
it into the machine.
Check that the paper you are using meets the requirements for
use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on p. 2-7.)
Make sure you have removed any scraps of paper from inside the
machine.
Main Unit
1. Open the left cover.
■
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
2. Carefully pull the jammed paper out of the
machine.
Do not touch the fixing assembly (A) as it becomes very hot
during use.
If you tear the paper, remove any torn pieces to avoid further
jams.
If loose toner comes into contact with your skin or clothing, wash
with cold water. Warm water will set the toner.
–
–
–
3. Tilt the two-sided transport guide (A) toward the
machine, then remove the jammed paper (only
for two-sided copying).
4. Lift and hold the transcription frame (A), then
remove the jammed paper (only for two-sided
copying).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
5. Close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
6. Pull out the paper cassette and push the corners
of the stack under the small fins.
7. Gently push the paper cassette back into the
machine until it clicks.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Paper Cassette 2
If you use the paper cassette 2*, follow this procedure to remove
the jammed paper from the paper cassette 2*.
1. Open the left cover and then open the left side
cover of the paper cassette 2*. Remove any
jammed paper.
* The paper cassette 2 is optional for MF6595 and standard for
MF6595cx.
2. Close the left side cover of the paper cassette 2*.
3. Pull out the paper cassette 2* and remove any
jammed paper.
4. Push the corners of the stack under the small
fins as shown in the illustration in step 6 on
p. 10-7.
5. Gently push the paper cassette 2* back into the
machine until it clicks, then close the left cover.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
LCD Messages
See the following when the LCD displays error and status
messages.
ADJUSTING WAITING TO SCAN
Description The machine is not ready for scanning.
Action Wait until the machine is ready.
AUTO REDIAL
Description This message appears when the recipient is
engaged in direct sending and the job is waiting.
Action Disappears when the transmission restarts.
CHANGE PAPERSIZE
Description The size of the paper in the paper cassette or
multipurpose tray is different from that of the
paper specified in <REG. PAPER SIZE> or <MP
TRAY STD SET> in the <COMMON SETTINGS>
menu.
Action Load the paper which size is shown on the
lower line of the LCD display. Or change the
paper size setting. Then reset the machine by
opening the left cover and then closing it.
If you are trying to print a report or list, set the
paper size to <LTR> or <LGL>, then load paper
of the same size.
–
–
CHANGE REG’D SIZE
COMMON SETTINGS
Description This message appears at the same time when
<LOAD PAPER> is shown. You may not print at
the current paper size.
Action Change paper on the paper cassette or multi-
purpose tray. And you must also change the size
setting in the <COMMON SETTINGS> menu.
CHECK DOCUMENT
Description A document jam may have occurred in the ADF.
Action Remove the jammed document.
CLOSE COVER
Description A cover is open.
Action Close the cover shown on the lower line of the
LCD display.
DATA ERROR
Description The machine may have trouble.
Action Contact Canon Customer Care Center.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
DOCUMENT TOO LONG
Description The document is longer than 24 7/8” (630 mm),
or is not feeding correctly.
Action Scan the document on the platen glass.
Reduce the length of the document to within
24 7/8” (630 mm), then try again.
–
–
FEEDER PAPER JAM
CHECK THE FEEDER
Description A document jam may have occurred in the ADF.
Action Remove the jammed document
LOAD PAPER
Description No paper is loaded in the paper cassette or
multipurpose tray, or not inserted correctly.
Action Insert the paper cassette as far as it will go or
load paper.
MEM IN USE nn%
Description This message shows the percentage of the
memory currently in use. This message is
displayed when you set the document in the ADF
to send a fax.
Action If you need more space, wait for the machine to
send any faxes in memory. Also print, send, or
delete any documents stored in memory.
MEMORY FULL
Description The machine is full of jobs.
Action Print, send, or delete any documents stored in
memory.
Divide the document stack or data into a few
parts and try again one by one.
Send the document with low resolution.
When this message appears during using the
ADF, the scanning document stops halfway. In
this case, clear the paper jam from the ADF.
–
–
–
–
Description The number of fax jobs that can be stored in
memory reached the maximum.
Action Wait for the machine to send any faxes in
memory. Also print, send, or delete any
documents stored in memory.
For information on the maximum numbers of
jobs that can be stored in memory, See Chapter
11, “Troubleshooting,” in the Basic Operation
Guide.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
NO APPROPRIATE SIZE
Description Although <PAPER SELECT> is set to <AUTO>
in <STANDARD SETTINGS> in the <COPY
SETTINGS> menu, appropriate-sized paper is not
set in the paper cassette nor on the multipurpose
tray.
Action Select the paper size, or set the copy ratio. If you
press [Start] while this message is displayed,
the paper with the least margin is selected
automatically and printing starts.
NOT AVAILABLE NOW
Description You pressed the one-touch speed dialing key
or coded speed dialing code that has already
been registered, while you perform group dial
registration.
You pressed the group dialing that has already
been registered, while you perform one-touch
or coded speed dialing registration.
–
–
Action Register the key or number that is not used for
the speed dialing.
Description You have specified the group dialing when the
line is off the hook.
Action Specify the recipient other than group dialing.
NOT REGISTERED
Description The telephone number you attempted to
dial using a speed dialing function was not
registered.
Action Register the telephone number before using the
speed dialing function.
OUTPUT TRAY FULL
Description The paper delivery tray is full of paper.
Action Remove the printouts from the paper delivery
tray.
PAPER JAM
Description Paper jams have occurred in the machine.
Action Remove the jammed paper.
The cover must be opened and closed to resume
the current job. If this message disappears while
printing from a PC, press [Start] to bring the
printer back on-line.
PLATEN GLASS DIRTY
CLEAN PLATEN GLASS
Description The ADF scanning area on the left side of the
platen glass may be dirty.
Action Clean the ADF scanning area, then press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
PLEASE WAIT
Description This message appears when turning on the main
power switch, or when the machine is not ready
for printing.
Action Wait until the message disappears.
RECEIVED IN MEMORY
Description The machine received the fax in memory because
paper or toner ran out, paper jams occurred, or
incorrect size paper was loaded.
Action Load the correct-size paper in the paper cassette,
replace the toner cartridge, or clear the paper
jams. For more information, see the following:
“Setting Paper Type and Size,” on p. 2-12
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13
“Clearing Jams,” on p. 10-3.
START AGAIN
Description A transmission error occurred because the line
condition was poor.
Action Check the line condition, then try again.
Description The paper jammed or ran out during printing a
report.
Action Clear the paper jam, or replenish the paper, then
try again.
STOP KEY PRESSED
PRESS OK KEY
Description [Stop] has been pressed while scanning the
document using the ADF.
Action Press [OK], then set the document again.
SYSTEM ERROR
Description Some kind of error has occurred in the machine.
Action Turn off the main power switch, wait for more
than 10 seconds, then turn it on again. If the
message persists, unplug the machine from the
power supply and contact Canon Customer Care
Center.
TONER IS NOT SET
INSERT TONER
Description A toner cartridge is not installed or not installed
correctly.
Action Install the toner cartridge correctly.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
TONER LOW
PREPARE NEW TONER
Description The toner is running low.
Action Remove and rock the toner cartridge several
times to distribute toner evenly, then reinstall the
toner cartridge. If the message persists, replace
the toner cartridge.
TRANSMITTING...
Description During the current transmission, the machine
may have tried to send a document identified
from the list of documents in memory.
Action Wait until the transmission from memory is
complete.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Error Codes
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
An error code is a four-digit code shown on an ERROR TX REPORT or an ERROR RX REPORT when an error occurs.
For details on reports, see “Printing Reports Automatically (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only),” on p. 11-41.
See the following for individual error codes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
#0001
Description A document may be jammed.
Action Remove the jammed document.
#0003
Description An attempt was made to send a document of 24
7/8" (630 mm) or longer from the ADF.
Action Divide the document into smaller parts and send
from the platen glass.
Description A document takes a long time to send because it
contains too much data.
Action Reduce the scanning resolution before sending.
Description A document takes a long time to receive.
Action Contact the other party and ask them to reduce
their scanning resolution or divide the document
into smaller parts for sending.
#0005
Description The other fax machine did not respond within 35
seconds.
Action Send the document again. Contact the other
party and have them check their fax machine. If
you are making an overseas call, add a pause to
the number.
Description The other party may not be using a G3 fax
machine.
Action Check with the other party and send the
document to a G3 fax machine. If the other party
does not have a G3 fax machine, try sending your
document using a transmission mode the other
party’s fax machine supports.
#0009
Description The paper has run out or the paper cassette is
not set properly.
Action Load the paper or reset the paper cassette
properly.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
#0012
Description You could not send because the other party’s fax
machine is out of paper.
Action Contact the other party and ask them to load the
paper.
#0018
Description There is no reply when you redial.
You could not send, because your fax signal
was not returned as the other party’s line was
engaged.
Action Check that the other party’s line is not engaged
and try again from the beginning.
#0037
Description The memory is full.
Action Print, send, or delete any documents stored in
memory.
#0995
Description Communication reservation is cleared.
Action If necessary, try again from the beginning.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
If <CHANGE PAPER SIZE> is displayed
When <CHANGE PAPER SIZE> appears on the LCD display, the
size of the paper in the paper cassette or multi-purpose tray is
different from that of the paper specified in <REG. PAPER SIZE>
or <MP TRAY STD SET> in the <COMMON SETTINGS> menu. You
need to load the correct size paper or change the paper size in
the <COMMON SETTINGS> menu.
For paper in the multi-purpose tray, changing the paper size in the
<COMMON SETTINGS> menu does not clear the error. Cancel the copy
job from the system monitor first, and then change the paper size.
For print jobs, you need to specify the paper size from your computer.
Re-loading the Paper
1. Load the correct size paper as shown on the LCD
display, then press [OK] to resume the job.
The machine re-starts printing.
–
–
■
Changing the Paper Size Setting
For the Paper Cassette
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMON
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REG. PAPER SIZE>,
then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <CASSETTE 1> or
<CASSETTE 2>* , then press [OK].
* MF6595cx or MF6595 with the optional cassette only
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the same paper size
as paper loaded in the machine, then press [OK].
6. Open and close the left cover to reset the
machine.
The machine start printing.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
For the Multi-Purpose Tray
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <COMMON
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <MP TRAY STD
SET>, then press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON>, then press
[OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select [PAPER SIZE], then
press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the same paper size
as paper loaded in the multi-purpose tray, then
press [OK].
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
General Problems
The machine has no power.
Is the power cord plugged in securely?
Check that the power cord is securely plugged into
the machine and into the wall outlet. If the machine is
plugged into a power strip, make sure the power strip
is plugged in and turned on.
Is the power cord supplying power?
Use a different power cord, or test the cord for
continuity using a voltmeter.
Is the main power switch turned on?
Turn on the main power switch.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
The Error indicator flashes.
Does the machine feed paper correctly, or is there
paper in the paper cassette or multi-purpose tray?
Clear the paper jam, or load paper in the paper
cassette or multi-purpose tray. (For instructions on
clearing paper jam, see “Clearing Jams,” on p. 10-3.
For instructions on loading paper, see “Set Up the
Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
If the machine has no paper jam, or paper is loaded
in the paper cassette or multi-purpose tray, turn off
the main power switch and wait for more than 10
seconds, then turn it on again. If the problem is fixed,
the Error indicator will turn off, and the LCD will return
to the standby mode. If the Error indicator remains
flashing, unplug the machine, and contact Canon
Authorized Service Facilities or the Canon Customer
Care Center.
Q
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Nothing appears in the LCD.
Is the power cord plugged in securely?
Check that the power cord is securely plugged into
the machine and into the wall outlet. If the machine is
plugged into a power strip, make sure the power strip
is plugged in and turned on.
Is the main power switch turned on?
Turn on the main power switch.
Is the machine in the Sleep mode?
Press [Power] on the operation panel to cancel the
Sleep mode.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Paper Feeding Problems
Paper does not feed properly.
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded. (See “Set Up
the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Does the machine contain too many sheets?
Make sure you load the correct quantity. (See “Paper
Requirements,” on p. 2-7.)
Multiple sheets feed together into the machine.
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded. (See “Set Up
the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Does the machine contain too many sheets?
Make sure you load the correct quantity. (See “Paper
Requirements,” on p. 2-7.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Are different types of paper loaded in the
machine?
Load only one type of paper.
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Let the paper run out before refilling the machine.
Avoid mixing new stock with paper already loaded.
Repeated paper jams occur.
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Q
A
A
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-22
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Fax Problems
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Sending Problems
Cannot send a fax.
Did you just turn on the main power switch?
Wait for a while. After turning on the main power
switch, the machine cannot scan documents
immediately.
Is the machine set for the correct telephone line
type?
Make sure the machine is set for the correct telephone
line type. (See “Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Is your machine in the fax mode?
Press [FAX] to show the fax standby display.
■
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Is the document loaded correctly?
Make sure the document is correctly loaded. (See
“Loading Documents,” on p. 2-4.)
Make sure the left cover is fully closed.
Is the one-touch speed dialing key or coded speed
dialing code you entered registered correctly?
Check that the Address Book settings are registered
correctly. (See “Storing/Editing Address Book,” on
p. 4-6.)
Did you dial the correct number?
Check that you have the correct number.
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-23
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Is the machine in the Sleep mode?
The machine does not scan documents if it is in the
Sleep mode. To take the machine out of the Sleep
mode, press [Power] on the operation panel.
Is the recipient’s machine out of paper?
Ask the recipient to make sure paper is loaded in the
machine.
Are there other documents being sent from
memory?
Allow time for the documents to finish sending.
Has an error occurred during transmission?
Check the LCD for an error message. (See “LCD
Messages,” on p. 10-9.)
Print an Activity Report and check for an error.
(See “ACTIVITY REPORT,” on p. 11-43.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
A
Is the telephone cable connected properly?
Make sure the cable is connected properly. (See
“Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the telephone line working properly?
Make sure there is a dial tone when you press
[Hook] or when you lift the handset of any external
telephone connected to the machine. If there is no
dial tone, contact your local telephone company.
Is the recipient’s machine a G3 fax machine?
Make sure the recipient’s machine is compatible with
your machine.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-24
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Is BUSY/NO SIGNAL shown on the ERROR TX
REPORT?
The fax number you dialed is busy. Try sending the
document later.
The recipient’s machine is not working. Ask the
recipient to check the machine.
Did the recipient’s machine answer within 35
seconds (after all automatic redialing attempts)?
Ask the recipient to check the machine. For an
overseas call, add pauses to the registered number.
(See “Dialing an Overseas Number (With Pauses),” on
p. 4-22.)
Is the Processing/Data indicator lit?
The external phone is busy. Please wait until the
external phone becomes free.
Is the machine overheated?
Unplug the machine and let it cool for about 5
minutes. Then plug in the machine and try sending
again.
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Memory fills up immediately when you try to send.
Are you sending with the resolution set to <SUPER
FINE> or <ULTRA FINE> ?
If you want to keep your document quality, divide the
document into some parts and send them separately.
If your document does not contain fine text or
photographs, set the resolution to <STANDARD>.
If your document contains fine text or photographs,
send it directly rather than using a memory
transmission.
Is a document stored in memory, leaving little
memory available?
Print, send, or delete any documents stored in
memory.
Q
A
A
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-25
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Faxes sent from the machine are spotted or dirty.
Is the recipient’s machine working properly?
Check the machine by making a copy. If the copy is
clear, the problem may be in the recipient’s machine.
If the copy is spotted or dirty, clean the scanner
components. (See “Scanning Area,” on p. 2-3.)
Is the document loaded correctly?
Make sure the document is correctly loaded. (See
“Loading Documents,” on p. 2-4.)
The documents you sent are too light.
Is the density set to the <–LT> side?
Set the density to the <DK+> side.
Are the scanning components of the machine
clean?
If the received document is spotted or dirty, clean the
scanning components. (See “Scanning area,” on p. 9-8.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Sending of documents is too slow.
Is the resolution set to <FINE>, <SUPER FINE>, or
<ULTRA FINE>?
Setting the resolution to <STANDARD> reduces the
sending time.
Is Error Correction Mode (ECM) set to <ON>?
Because ECM corrects errors during a transmission,
any problems on the line can mean that the
transmission will take extra time. Set ECM to <OFF>.
(See “ECM TX,” on p. 11-14.)
Cannot send using Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Does the recipient’s machine support ECM?
If the recipient’s machine does not support ECM,
the document is sent in normal mode without error
checking.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-26
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Errors occur frequently while sending.
Are the telephone lines in poor condition, or do
you have a bad connection?
Check if there is a device nearby that interferes with
signal transmission (e.g., microwave oven).
Lower the transmission speed. (See “TX START SPEED,”
on p. 11-37.)
Q
A
A
Receiving Problems
Cannot receive a fax automatically.
Is the machine set to receive automatically?
For the machine to receive faxes automatically, the
receive mode must be set to <FaxOnly>, <FaxTel>,
<AnsMode>, or <DRPD>. If you have set <AnsMode>,
confirm that an external telephone with built in
answering machine is connected to the machine
and that it is turned on with an outgoing message
properly recorded. (See “Basic Receiving Method,” on
p. 4-23.)
Are documents stored in memory, leaving little or
no memory available?
Print, send, or delete any documents stored in
memory.
Has an error occurred during reception?
Check the LCD for an error message. (See “LCD
Messages,” on p. 10-9.)
Print an Activity Report and check for an error. (See
“ACTIVITY REPORT,” on p. 11-43.)
■
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-27
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Is paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure paper is loaded in the machine. (See “Set
Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the telephone cable connected properly?
Make sure the cable is connected properly. (See
“Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter Guide.)
No automatic switching between telephone and fax calls.
Is the machine set to switch automatically between
telephone and fax calls?
For the machine to switch between fax and telephone
calls automatically, the receive mode must be set
to <FaxTel>, <AnsMode>, or <DRPD>. If you have
set <AnsMode>, confirm that external telephone
with built in answering machine is connected to the
machine and that it is turned on with an outgoing
message properly recorded. (See “Basic Receiving
Method,” on p. 4-23.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Are documents stored in memory, leaving little or
no memory available?
Print, send, or delete any documents stored in
memory.
Has an error occurred during reception?
Check the LCD for an error message. (See “LCD
Messages,” on p. 10-9.)
Print an Activity Report and check for an error. (See
“ACTIVITY REPORT,” on p. 11-43.)
Is paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure paper is loaded in the machine. (See “Set
Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Can the sender’s machine send the CNG signal,
which tells your machine that the incoming call is
a fax call?
Some machines cannot send this signal. In such cases,
receive the fax manually.
Q
A
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-28
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Cannot receive a document manually.
Is the machine set to receive manually?
For the machine to receive faxes manually, the receive
mode must be set to <Manual>. (See “Basic Receiving
Method,” on p. 4-23.)
If you set <MANUAL/AUTO> to <ON> in <RX
SETTINGS> in the <FAX SETTINGS> menu, the
machine will receive faxes automatically even when
the receive mode is set to <Manual>. (See “MANUAL/
AUTO,” on p. 11-17.
Did you hang up the external telephone before
pressing [Start] or dialing the remote reception ID?
Always press [Start] or dial the remote reception ID
before hanging up. Otherwise you will disconnect the
call.
Are documents set on the ADF?
After removing the document from the ADF, please
attempt manual receiving again. If you press [Start]
when documents are set on the ADF, it automatically
switches to manual sending.
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
Print quality is poor.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Is the sender’s machine functioning properly?
Ask the sender to check that the scanning
components of the machine are clean.
Is the machine in the toner saver mode?
Set <TONER SAVER MODE> to <OFF>. (See “COMMON
SETTINGS,” on p. 11-5.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-29
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Faxes do not print.
Have you removed the plastic seal from the toner
cartridge?
Make sure you remove the seal from the cartridge.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the toner cartridge installed properly?
Make sure the toner cartridge is installed properly.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the cartridge out of toner?
Replace the toner cartridge. (See “Replacing the Toner
Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Select <KEEP PRINTING> for <CONT. PRINTING>
in <PRINTER SETTINGS> in the <FAX SETTINGS>
menu. With this setting, the machine will not store
documents in the memory even if the toner has run
out. (See “CONT. PRINTING,” on p. 11-18.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
A
Is the correct size of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Change <REG. PAPER SIZE> in the <COMMON
SETTINGS> menu. (See “REG. PAPER SIZE,” on p. 11-8.)
Received faxes print blotched or unevenly.
Are the telephone lines in poor condition, or do
you have a bad connection?
Error Correction Mode (ECM) should eliminate such
problems. However, if the telephone lines are in poor
condition, you may have to try again.
Is the sender’s machine functioning properly?
Ask the sender to check that the scanning
components of the machine are clean.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” p. 9-13.)
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-30
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Part of the document you receive is cut off.
Is the rear paper end guide of the paper cassette
set to the size of the paper?
Adjust the rear paper end guide to the size of the
paper.
Have you specified the correct paper size for the
paper cassette?
Specify the correct paper size for the paper cassette.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Cannot receive using Error Correction Mode (ECM).
Does the sender’s machine support ECM?
If the sender’s machine does not support ECM, the
document is received in normal mode without error
checking.
Receiving of documents is too slow.
Is ECM (Error Correction Mode) set to <ON>?
Because ECM corrects errors during a transmission,
any problems on the line can mean that the
transmission will take extra time. Set ECM to <OFF>.
Is the resolution of the sender’s machine set
higher?
Contact to the sender and make sure the resolution of
the sender’s machine has been set properly.
You cannot get documents from information services.
Is your machine set to the tone dialing type of the
telephone line?
Press [Tone] to set the tone dialing.
Do you receive messages from the information
services such as to set to receive?
Just before receiving, press [Start].
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-31
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Errors occur frequently while receiving.
Are the telephone lines in poor condition, or do
you have a bad connection?
Check if there is a device nearby that interferes with
signal reception (e.g., microwave oven).
Lower the reception speed. (See “TX START SPEED,” on
p. 11-37.)
Is the sender’s machine functioning properly?
Ask the sender to check that the machine is
functioning properly.
Cannot print received documents on both sides of the paper.
Is <TWO-SIDED PRINT> set to <ON>?
Make sure that <TWO-SIDED PRINT> is set to <ON>.
(See “Two-Sided Printing,” on p. 4-28.)
Q
A
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-32
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Copying Problems
Blank paper comes out from the machine.
Have you removed the plastic seal from the toner
cartridge?
Make sure you remove the seal from the cartridge.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the toner cartridge installed properly?
Make sure the toner cartridge is installed properly.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Make sure the left cover is fully closed.
Is the document loaded correctly?
Make sure the document is correctly loaded. (See
“Loading Documents,” on p. 2-4)
Q
A
Q
A
A
Q
A
Is the cartridge out of toner?
Replace the toner cartridge. (See “Replacing the Toner
Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Does the document meet the requirements for the
machine?
Make sure you load documents that meet the
requirements for use. (See “Document Requirements,”
on p. 2-2.)
Copy is too light or has uneven density.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-33
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Copy has vertical white streaks.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Copy is spotted or dirty.
If the copy is spotted or dirty, clean the scanning
components and machine’s interior. (See “Cleaning
the Machine,” on p. 9-3.)
Paper jams occur.
Make sure the left cover is fully closed. (See “Paper
Jams,” on p. 10-5.)
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded. (See “Set Up
the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Q
A
A
A
Q
A
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Copy is skewed.
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded in the
machine. (See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Make sure the paper delivery slot is free of
obstructions.
Q
A
Q
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-34
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Copy is not clear.
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Are you copying on the wrong side of the paper?
Some papers have a “right” side for copying. If the
copy quality is not as clear as you think it should be,
try copying on the other side of the paper.
Documents are copied in < CALENDAR TYPE> even if <BOOK TYPE> is
selected (or vice versa).
Are you copying the landscape oriented
documents?
For the landscape oriented documents, the front and
back sides of the copy will have the opposite top-
bottom orientation when <BOOK TYPE> is selected.
When <CALENDAR TYPE> is selected, the front and
back side of the copy will have the same top-bottom
orientation. (See “Two-Sided Copy,” on p. 3-8.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-35
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printing Problems
Blank paper comes out from the machine.
Have you removed the plastic seal from the toner
cartridge?
Make sure you remove the seal from the cartridge.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the toner cartridge installed properly?
Make sure the toner cartridge is installed properly.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the cartridge out of toner?
Replace the toner cartridge. (See “Replacing the Toner
Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Nothing prints.
Have you removed the plastic seal from the toner
cartridge?
Make sure you remove the seal from the cartridge.
(See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the cartridge out of toner?
Replace the toner cartridge. (See “Replacing the Toner
Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Printout is too light or has uneven density.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-36
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printout has vertical white streaks.
Is the toner low or unevenly distributed?
Redistribute the toner inside the toner cartridge. If
the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge. (See
“Replacing the Toner Cartridge,” on p. 9-13.)
Printout is spotted or dirty.
If the copy is spotted or dirty, clean the scanning
components and machine’s interior. (See “Cleaning
the Machine,” on p. 9-3.)
Paper jams occur.
Make sure the scanning platform and rear cover are
fully closed. (See “Paper Jams,” on p. 10-5.)
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded. (See “Set Up
the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
Q
A
A
A
Q
A
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Printout is skewed.
Is the paper loaded correctly?
Make sure the paper is correctly loaded in the
machine. (See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Make sure the paper delivery slot is free of
obstructions. (See “Machine Components,” on p. 1-3.)
Q
A
Q
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-37
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printout is not clear.
Is the correct type of paper loaded in the machine?
Make sure you load paper that meets the
requirements for use. (See “Paper Requirements,” on
p. 2-7.)
Are you printing on the wrong side of the paper?
Some papers have a “right” side for printing. If the
printout quality is not as clear as you think it should
be, try printing on the other side of the paper.
Cannot print two-sided documents
Is the printer driver settings correctly set for two-
sided printing?
Make sure that the printer driver is correctly set. (See
the online help.)
Cannot print documents from a computer.
Is the printer driver properly installed?
Make sure that the printer driver is properly installed.
Are the printer driver settings (Paper Size, Output
Size) correct?
Make sure that the printer driver settings (Paper Size,
Output Size) are correct. (See the online help.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Is the USB cable properly connected to the
machine and the computer?
Make sure that the USB cable is properly connected
to the machine and the computer. Try a different USB
cable.
Does the USB port you are using properly work?
Restart your computer and the machine. If the
computer has other ports, connect the USB cable to
others.
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-38
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Are there any jobs remaining in the print queue?
A print job may be stuck in the print queue when it
could not be finished due to an expected interruption.
When this happens, follow this procedure to
delete any remaining print jobs, and then print the
documents again.
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista:
1. Double-click the icon of the printer you installed.
For Windows Vista
Click [Start] on the Windows task bar [Control
Panel] [Printer] under [Hardware and Sound].
For Windows 2000:
Click [Start] on the Windows task bar [Settings]
[Printers].
For Windows XP Professional/Server 2003:
Click [start] on the Windows task bar [Printers
and Faxes].
For Windows XP Home Edition:
Click [start] on the Windows task bar [Control
Panel] [Printers and Other Hardware]
[Printers and Faxes].
2. Delete the print job.
For deleting all the print jobs:
Click [Printer] [Cancel All Documents].
For the specified job:
Right-click the specified print job [Cancel].
Q
A
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-39
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Telephone Problems
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Cannot dial.
Is the telephone cable connected properly?
Make sure the cable is connected properly. (See
“Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the power cord plugged in securely?
Check that the power cord is securely plugged into
the machine and into the wall outlet. If the machine is
plugged into a power strip, make sure the power strip
is plugged in and turned on.
Is the main power switch turned on?
Turn on the main power switch.
Is the machine set for the correct telephone line
type?
Make sure the machine is set for the correct telephone
line type. (See “Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Telephone disconnects while you are talking.
Is the telephone cable connected properly?
Make sure the cable is connected properly. (See
“Before FAX Setting,” in the Starter Guide.)
Is the telephone cable defective?
Use another cord.
Calls do not connect, or the wrong number is dialed.
Did you confirm the dial tone before entering the
telephone number?
Make sure to confirm the dial tone before entering a
telephone number. If you enter the number before
the dial tone can be heard, the call may not connect,
or the wrong number may be dialed.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-40
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Network Problems
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Unable to print from a TCP/IP network.
Are the machine and cable properly connected?
Check that the machine is connected to the network
using the proper cable, then restart the machine.
(See “Software Settings with Computer,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Is the TCP/IP network properly set up?
Make sure the IP addresses are properly set up. If
the IP addresses are set using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP,
make sure they are operating.
Is the computer that is printing properly set up?
Make sure the proper printer driver is installed. (See
“Software Settings with Computer,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Make sure the correct machine is set as the output
destination for the computer that is printing in
[Printers and Faxes] or Print Manager.
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
A
Is the name of the file being printed too long?
Rename the file with a shorter name. Normally LPR (or
the Microsoft TCP/IP Printer, if you are using Windows
2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista) sends jobs either under
the name of the application software used for
printing, or the file name. However, a job name longer
than 255 bytes cannot be sent to the machine.
The printer port name is not displayed in [Print to the following port
(s)].
Are the machine and cable properly connected?
Check that the machine is connected to the network
using the proper cable, then restart the machine.
(See “Software Settings with Computer,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Is the computer that is printing properly set up?
Make sure the proper printer driver is installed. (See
“Software Settings with Computer,” in the Starter
Guide.)
Make sure the correct machine is set as the output
destination for the computer that is printing in
[Printers and Faxes] or [Printers].
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-41
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Detailed information concerning the machine cannot be set or
browsed using the Remote UI or utility.
Are the settings for <SET IP ADD RANGE> correct?
If the settings for [IP Address Range Settings] do
not permit the IP address of a computer on which
the Remote UI or utility is used, you cannot set the
machine setting items or browse information on the
machine. Check the settings for <SET IP ADD RANGE>.
(See “IP Address Range Settings,” on p. 6-16.)
Are the settings for <PERMIT RX MAC ADD>
correct?
If the MAC address of a computer specified in
<PERMIT RX MAC ADD> is not correct, you cannot set
the machine setting items or browse information on
the machine. Check the settings for <PERMIT RX MAC
ADD>. (See “RX MAC Address Settings,” on p. 6-17.)
Is <USE SNMP> or <DEDICATED PORT> is to
<OFF>?
Set <USE SNMP> and <DEDICATED PORT> to <ON>.
(See “SNMP,” on p. 6-7.)
Does the SNMP community name match?
If you use an SNMP community name different from
the one stored in the machine to access the machine
from a utility, the utility will not detect the machine.
In this case, check the SNMP community name. (See
“SNMP,” on p. 6-7.)
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
Q
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-42
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
If a Power Failure Occurs
If a power failure occurs, machine functions will be limited as
follows:
Depending on your telephone, you may not be able to make
telephone calls.
Depending on your telephone, you can receive telephone calls
from the telephone connected to the machine.
You cannot send, receive, copy, scan, or print documents.
If power is suddenly lost due to a power failure or accidental
unplugging, a built-in battery retains the user data settings and the
Address Book settings.
Any sent or received documents stored in memory are backed up
for about 60 minutes.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
10-43
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
Customer Support (U.S.A.)
If you cannot solve the problem after having referred to the
information in this chapter, contact Canon Customer Care Center
at 1-800-828-4040 between the hours of 8:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M. EST
for U.S.A. and 9:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M. EST for Canada Monday through
Friday and 10:00 A.M. to 8:00 P.M. on Saturday. On-line support for
24 hours is also available at the website.
http://www.canontechsupport.com/
Customer Support (Canada)
Canon Canada Inc., offers a full range of customer technical support
options*:
For step-by-step troubleshooting, e-mail technical support, the
latest driver or document downloads, and answers to frequently
asked questions, visit
http://www.canon.ca/
Free live technical support 9 A.M. to 8 P.M. EST Monday through
Friday (excluding holidays) for products still under warranty 1-
800-652-2666
For the location of the authorized service facility nearest you, visit
http://www.canon.ca/ or 1-800-652-2666
■
■
–
–
–
If the problem cannot be corrected by using one of the above
technical support options, repair options are available at the time
of your call to the live technical support number above or via the
website at http://www.canon.ca/
* Support program specifics are subject to change without notice.
Please have the following information ready when you contact
Canon:
Product name (imageCLASS MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/
MF6540/MF6520)
Serial number (On the label located at the back of the machine)
Place of purchase
Nature of problem
Steps you have taken to solve the problem and the results
If the machine makes strange noises, emits smoke or odd odor, turn off the
main power switch immediately, disconnect the power cord, and contact
Canon Customer Care Center. Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the
machine yourself.
Attempting to repair the machine yourself may void the limited warranty.
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-1
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
11 Appendix
Machine Settings ............................................................................................11-3
Printing USER DATA LIST ......................................................... 11-3
Accessing the Setting Menu ................................................. 11-3
Setting Menu ..................................................................................................11-5
COMMON SETTINGS ................................................................ 11-5
COPY SETTINGS .......................................................................11-10
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only).....11-12
ADDRESS BOOK SET.
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ..................................11-19
PRINTER SETTINGS ..................................................................11-22
TIMER SETTINGS ......................................................................11-26
ADJUST./CLEANING ................................................................ 11-28
REPORT SETTINGS ...................................................................11-31
SYSTEM SETTINGS ...................................................................11-33
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-2
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Summary of Reports and Lists ................................................................... 11-40
Printing Reports Automatically (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only) ...... 11-41
TX REPORT .................................................................................11-41
RX REPORT .................................................................................11-42
ACTIVITY REPORT ....................................................................11-43
Printing Reports and Lists Manually ......................................................... 11-45
Checking and Deleting Report Jobs ................................11-46
Glossary ....................................................................................................... 11-47
Index ............................................................................................................. 11-57
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-3
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Machine Settings
You can adjust the machine settings from the Setting Menu
to customize the way the machine works. To see the list of the
current settings, print out USER DATA LIST.
Printing USER DATA LIST
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <LIST PRINT>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <USER DATA LIST>,
then press [OK].
Printing starts, and the screen automatically returns to the standby
mode.
■
Accessing the Setting Menu
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the menu you want
to access, then press [OK].
<COMMON SETTINGS>
<COPY SETTINGS>
<FAX SETTINGS>*
<ADDRESS BOOK SET.>*
<PRINTER SETTINGS>
<TIMER SETTINGS>
<ADJUST./CLEANING>
<REPORT SETTINGS>
<SYSTEM SETTINGS>
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-4
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a submenu, then
press [OK].
For details on the submenu, see “Setting Menu,” on p. 11-5.
4. To register the settings or go to a submenu item,
press [OK].
5. When finished, press [Stop] to return to the
standby mode.
If you press [Stop] before pressing [OK], the setting will not be
registered.
Press [Additional Functions] to return to the previous display.
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-5
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Setting Menu
The default settings are indicated in bold text.
Depending on the country of purchase, some settings may not be available.
The menus described in this section are based on the model imageCLASS MF6595cx. Depending on the model of your machine, some settings may not be
available and the number on the top of each menu may vary.
COMMON SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. DEFAULT SETTINGS Selects which standby display appears when turning on the power.
COPY
FAX*
SCAN
–
–
–
2. AUTO CLEAR SET. Selects which standby display appears after the Auto Clearing function is activated.
INITIAL FUNCTION Sets to return the standby display that is selected in <DEFAULT SETTINGS>.
SELECTED FUNCTION Sets to return the standby display of the current mode.
3. AUDIBLE TONES Sets whether to sound audible tones and adjusts their volume.
1. ENTRY TONE Beeps when pressing the keys on the operation panel.
ON (1-3)
OFF
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-6
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COMMON SETTINGS
2. ERROR TONE Beeps when an error (e.g., paper jam) occurs.
ON (1-3)
OFF
–
–
3. TX JOB DONE TONE* Beeps when fax is sent.
ERROR ONLY (1-3)
OFF
ON (1-3)
–
–
–
4. RX JOB DONE TONE* Beeps when fax is received.
ERROR ONLY (1-3)
OFF
ON (1-3)
–
–
–
5. SCAN DONE TONE Beeps when scanning is completed.
ERROR ONLY (1-3)
OFF
ON (1-3)
–
–
–
6. PRINT DONE TONE Beeps when printing is completed.
ERROR ONLY (1-3)
OFF
ON (1-3)
–
–
–
4. TONER SAVER MODE Sets whether to reduce toner consumption.
OFF
ON
–
–
5. PRINTER DENSITY Recalibrates the density adjustment scale if differences between the image in the document
and the print occur. (1-9) (5)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-7
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COMMON SETTINGS
6. AUTO CASS. SELCT Sets whether to change to another paper source of the same size if the current paper source
runs out while processing a job.
1. COPY Sets whether to activate Auto Cassette Select function when copying.
1. CASSETTE 1 (ON/OFF)
2. CASSETTE 2 (ON/OFF)**
3. MP TRAY (OFF/ON)
–
–
–
2. PRINTER Sets whether to activate Auto Cassette Select function when printing.
1. CASSETTE 1 (ON/OFF)
2. CASSETTE 2 (ON/OFF)**
–
–
3. FAX* Sets whether to activate Auto Cassette Select function when faxing.
1. CASSETTE 1 (ON/OFF)
2. CASSETTE 2 (ON/OFF)**
3. MP TRAY (OFF/ON)
–
–
–
4. OTHER Sets whether to activate Auto Cassette Select function when printing a report or list.
1. CASSETTE 1 (ON/OFF)
2. CASSETTE 2 (ON/OFF)**
3. MP TRAY (OFF/ON).
–
–
–
7. SELECT PAPER TYPE Sets the paper type for the paper cassette. (See “For the Paper Cassette,” on p. 2-12.)
1. CASSETTE 1 Sets the paper type for paper cassette 1.
2. CASSETTE 2** Sets the paper type for paper cassette 2.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-8
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COMMON SETTINGS
8. REG. PAPER SIZE Sets the paper size for the paper cassette. (See “For the Paper Cassette,” on p. 2-12.)
1. CASSETTE 1 Sets the paper size for paper cassette 1.
2. CASSETTE 2** Sets the paper size for paper cassette 2.
9. ENERGY IN SLEEP Selects power consumption when the machine is in the Sleep mode between two levels.
LOW (Only functional for MF6540/MF6520, or when <RX MODE> is not set to <FaxOnly> for
MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590)
HIGH
–
–
10. MP TRAY STD SET Sets the standard paper size and type for the multi-purpose tray if you always use a same kind
of paper. (See “For the Multi-Purpose Tray,” on p. 2-13.)
OFF Deactivates the multi-purpose tray standard settings.
ON Activates the multi-purpose tray standard settings.
1. PAPER SIZE Sets paper size as the multi-purpose tray standard.
2. SELECT PAPER TYPE Sets paper type as the multi-purpose tray standard.
11. PAPER FEED SWITCH Selects the paper feed method when you want to make onesided or two-sided prints on
preprinted paper (paper which has logos or patterns already printed on it).
1. MP TRAY Selects the paper feed method for the multi-purpose tray.
SPEED PRIORITY Print speed has priority.
PRINT SIDE The machine starts printing on the side of paper loaded facing up. Print speed becomes slower
for one-sided print.
Only available for LTR, LGL and A4.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-9
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COMMON SETTINGS
2. CASSETTE 1 Selects the paper feed method for paper cassette 1.
SPEED PRIORITY Print speed has priority.
PRINT SIDE The machine starts printing on the side of paper loaded facing down. Print speed becomes
slower for one-sided print.
3. CASSETTE 2** Selects the paper feed method for paper cassette 2.
SPEED PRIORITY Print speed has priority.
PRINT SIDE The machine starts printing on the side of paper loaded facing down. Print speed becomes
slower for one-sided print.
12. DISPLAY LANGUAGE Selects the language on the display. (See Chapter 13 “Appendix,” in the Basic Operation Guide.)
13. ADF DIRTY ERROR Sets whether the error message will appear when the ADF is dirty.
DISPLAY
DO NOT DISPLAY
–
–
14. INIT. COMMON SET. Restores all <COMMON SETTINGS> to the default except for <DISPLAY LANGUAGE>.
OFF
ON
–
–
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
** MF6595cx or MF6595 with the optional cassette only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-10
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COPY SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. IMAGE DIR PRIORTY Sets whether to activate the image direction priority.
OFF Copy orientation is same as the document.
ON Copy orientation is rotated at 180 degrees.
2. STANDARD SETTINGS Sets the default setting for copying.
1. IMAGE QUALITY Sets the document type for copying.
TEXT
PHOTO
TEXT/PHOTO
–
–
–
2. DENSITY Sets the density for copying.
AUTO
MANUAL (1-9)
–
–
3. ZOOM RATIO Sets the zoom ratio for copying.
PRESET RATIO Selects the zoom from the preset ratios.
DIRECT 100%, 115% B5A4, 122% A5B5, 129% STMTLTR, 141% A5A4, 200% MAX., 50%
MIN., 64%, 70% A4A5, 78% LGLLTR, 81% B5A5, 86% A4B5
MANUAL Enters the zoom ratio by 1% increments. (50%-200%)
4. COPIES Sets the number of copies (1-99).
5. AUTO COLLATE Sets whether to collate the copies automatically.
OFF
COLLATE
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-11
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
COPY SETTINGS
6. TWO-SIDED Sets the type of two-sided copying.
OFF
1 > 2-SIDED
2 > 2-SIDED
2 > 1-SIDED
–
–
–
–
7. FRAME ERASE Sets the type of Frame Erase copying.
OFF
ORG. FRAME ERASE
BOOK FRAME ERASE
BINDING HOLE
–
–
–
–
8. PAPER SELECT Sets the paper source for copying.
AUTO
CASSETTE 1
CASSETTE 2**
–
–
–
3. SHARPNESS Adjusts the sharpness of the copied image. (1-9) (5)
4. PAPER SIZE GROUP Selects a paper size group for your machine.
INCHES
A
AB
–
–
–
5. MM/INCH ENTRY Sets the unit of measurement of the frame erase width.
INCHES
MM
–
–
6. INIT. COPY SET. Restores all <COPY SETTINGS> to the default.
OFF
ON
–
–
** MF6595cx or MF6595 with the optional cassette only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-12
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Setting Item Description
1. RX MODE Selects the receive mode. (See “Set the Machine for Receiving Faxes (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590),” in the Starter Guide.)
FaxOnly
FaxTel
AnsMode
DRPD
Manual
–
–
–
–
–
2. USER SETTINGS Specifies the basic operation settings in the fax mode.
1. UNIT TELEPHONE # Registers your fax number. (See “Set the Machine for Sending Faxes (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590),” in the Starter Guide.)
2. UNIT NAME Registers your name/company name. (See “Set the Machine for Sending Faxes (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590),” in the Starter Guide.)
3. TX TERMINAL ID Sets the options for sender information.
1. PRINTING POSITION Selects where the sender information is printed in small type at the top of each page.
OUTSIDE IMAGE
INSIDE IMAGE
–
–
2. TELEPHONE # MARK Prefixes your number with the abbreviations FAX or TEL in your sender information.
FAX
TEL
–
–
4. SCANNING DENSITY Adjusts the scanning density for sending a fax. (1-9)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-13
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
5. TEL LINE TYPE Selects the telephone line type. (See “Set the Machine for Sending Faxes (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590),” in the Starter Guide.)
TOUCH TONE
ROTARY PULSE
–
–
6. VOLUME CONTROL Adjusts the monitor volume and the calling volume.
1. MONITOR VOL. CTRL Sets the volume for monitor tone during the fax transmission. (0-3) (1)
2. CALLING VOLUME Set the volume of the ring produced when the machine detects a call. (1-3) (1)
7. OFFHOOK ALARM Sets whether the alarm sounds when the handset of the external telephone is off the hook.
ON
OFF
–
–
8. STANDARD SETTINGS Sets the default setting for faxing.
1. DENSITY Sets the default density for faxing.
STANDARD
DK
LT
–
–
–
2. IMAGE QUALITY Sets the default image quality for faxing.
FINE
PHOTO
SUPER FINE
ULTRA FINE
STANDARD
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-14
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
3. DIRECT TX Sets whether to use <DIRECT TX> as default.
OFF
ON
–
–
9. INIT. FAX STD SET Sets whether to restore <STANDARD SETTINGS> in <FAX SETTINGS> to the default.
OFF
ON
–
–
3. TX SETTINGS Sets the transmission functions.
1. ECM TX Sets whether the ECM (Error Correction Mode) transmission is activated.
ON
OFF
–
–
2. PAUSE TIME Sets the pause time when you insert pause into the dialing sequence. (1SEC-15SEC) (2SEC)
3. AUTO REDIAL Sets whether to redial automatically when the other line is busy or a transmission error occurs.
(See “Redialing Automatically,” on p. 4-21)
ON Customizes the redial operation.
1. REDIAL TIMES Sets the number of retries. (1TIMES-10TIMES) (2 TIMES)
2. REDIAL INTERVAL Sets period of time before redialing. (2MIN.-99MIN.) (2 MIN.)
3. TX ERROR REDIAL Sets whether the machine redials automatically when transmission error occurs.
ON
OFF
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-15
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
OFF After the first attempt at dialing fails, redialing is not attempted.
4. TIME OUT Sets whether to scan a document automatically after entering the fax number.
* This function is not available when you dial with the numeric keys.
ON
OFF
–
–
5. DIALING LINE CHCK Sets whether to check the telephone line condition.
OFF
ON
–
–
4. RX SETTINGS Sets the reception functions.
1. ECM RX Sets whether the ECM (Error Correction Mode) reception is activated.
ON
OFF
–
–
2. FAX/TEL OPT. SET Sets the optional items in the <FaxTel> mode. (See “FaxTel: Optional Settings,” on p. 4-24.)
1. RING START TIME Sets the time the machine takes to check whether a call is a fax or a voice call. (0SEC-30SEC)
(6SEC)
2. F/T RING TIME Selects the ring length for voice calls. (15SEC-300SEC) (15SEC)
3. F/T SWITCH ACTION Selects whether the machine switches to the receive mode after the ring time has elapsed, or
whether if disconnects the call.
RECEIVE
DISCONNECT
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-16
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
3. DRPD:SELECT FAX Selects the ring pattern for fax calls.
DOUBLE RING
SHORT-SHORT-LONG
SHORT-LONG-SHORT
OTHER RING TYPE
NORMAL RING
–
–
–
–
–
4. INCOMING RING Sets whether the external telephone rings when it receives a voice call, enabling you to answer
the call. This function is only available when <RX MODE> is set to <FaxOnly> or <FaxTel>.
OFF The telephone does not ring when it receives a voice call. (In the Sleep mode, the telephone
may ring one or two times.)
ON The telephone rings when it receives a voice call if an external telephone is connected.
RING COUNT Sets the number of incoming rings before the machine answers. (1TIMES-99TIMES) (2TIMES)
5. REMOTE RX Sets whether to use remote receiving. This function is not available when <ENERGY IN SLEEP> in
<COMMON SETTINGS> is set to <LOW>. (See “Remote Reception,” on p. 4-27.)
ON The machine enables remote receiving.
REMOTE RX ID You can dial a code on remote extension to start receiving a document.
A combination of two characters using 0 to 9, * and # is possible (25).
OFF The machine disables remote receiving.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-17
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
6. MANUAL/AUTO Sets whether the machine switches to the document receive mode after the external telephone
rings for a specified length of time in the manual receive mode.
OFF The external telephone keeps ringing until someone answers the call manually.
ON The machine switches to the document receive mode after the external telephone rings for a
specified time.
F/T RING TIME Sets the length of time to elapse before the machine switches to document receiving. (1SEC-
99SEC) (15SEC)
5. PRINTER SETTINGS Sets the to printer functions.
1. RECEIVE REDUCTION Sets whether the received images print out at a reduced size. (See “Received Image
Reduction,”on p. 4-28.)
ON Image reduction is turned on.
1. RECEIVE REDUCTION Selects the reducing type.
AUTO
FIXED REDUCTION (90%, 95%, 97%, 75%)
–
–
2. REDUCE DIRECTION Selects the reducing direction.
VERTICAL ONLY
HORIZ & VERTICAL
–
–
OFF Image reduction is turned off.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-18
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
FAX SETTINGS (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
2. TWO-SIDED PRINT Sets the type of two-sided printing for faxing. (See “Two-Sided Printing,” on p. 4-28.)
OFF
ON
–
–
3. CONT. PRINTING Selects how the machine responds when the <TONER LOW/PREPARE NEW TONER> message
appears.
RX TO MEMORY The machine stores all documents in memory.
KEEP PRINTING The machine does not store documents in memory if the toner runs out. Reset to <RX TO
MEMORY> after replacing the toner cartridge.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-19
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADDRESS BOOK SET. (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Setting Item Description
1. 1-TOUCH SPD DIAL Registers the information on one-touch speed dialing. Up to 23 destinations can be registered.
(See “Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded Speed Dialing Codes” on p. 4-6.)
1. TEL NUMBER ENTRY Registers the recipient’s fax number (max. 120 digits, including spaces).
2. NAME Registers the recipient’s name (max. 16 characters, including spaces).
3. OPTIONAL SETTING Selects whether to use the advanced functional settings for each one-touch speed dialing
recipient registered in the machine. (See “Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded
Speed Dialing Codes,” on p. 4-6.)
OFF The optional setting is not set for this speed dialing.
ON The optional setting is set for this speed dialing.
1. INTERNATIONAL Selects a mode for documents you are sending.
DOMESTIC
LONG DISTANCE 1
LONG DISTANCE 2
LONG DISTANCE 3
–
–
–
–
2. TX SPEED Selects a transmission speed. (33600 bps, 14400 bps, 9600 bps, 4800 bps)
3. ECM Selects whether to use ECM (Error Correction Mode).
ON
OFF
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-20
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADDRESS BOOK SET. (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
2. CODED SPD DIAL Registers the information on coded speed dialing. Up to 100 destinations can be registered.
(See “Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded Speed Dialing Codes,” on p. 4-6.)
1. TEL NUMBER ENTRY Registers the recipient’s fax number (max. 120 digits, including spaces).
2. NAME Registers the recipient’s name (max. 16 characters, including spaces).
3. OPTIONAL SETTING Selects whether to use the advanced functional settings for each coded speed dialing recipient
registered in the machine. (See “Storing/Editing One-Touch Speed Dialing Keys/Coded Speed
Dialing Codes,” on p. 4-6.)
OFF The optional setting is not set for this speed dialing.
ON The optional setting is set for this speed dialing.
1. INTERNATIONAL Select the mode for documents you send.
DOMESTIC
LONG DISTANCE 1
LONG DISTANCE 2
LONG DISTANCE 3
–
–
–
–
2. TX SPEED Select the transmission speed. (33600 bps, 14400 bps, 9600 bps, 4800 bps)
3. ECM Selects whether to use ECM (Error Correction Mode).
ON
OFF
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-21
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADDRESS BOOK SET. (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
3. GROUP DIAL Registers the information on group dialing. Up to 122 destinations can be registered. (See
“Storing/Editing Recipients for Group Dialing”)
1. TEL NUMBER ENTRY Registers the recipient fax numbers by specifying the onetouch speed dialing keys or coded
speed dialing codes.
2. NAME Registers the group name (max. 16 characters, including spaces).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-22
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
PRINTER SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. DEFAULT PAPERSIZE Sets the default paper size when no paper source is specified.
(LTR, STMT, EXECUTIV, ISO-B5, ISO-C5, COM10, MONARCH, DL, A4, B5, A5, LGL)
2. DEFAULT PAPERTYPE Sets the default paper type for print jobs. This machine has internally defined optimal print
modes for each specified paper type.
(PLAIN PAPER, COLOR, RECYCLED, HEAVY PAPER 1, HEAVY PAPER 2, HEAVY PAPER 3, BOND,
3HOLE PUNCH PAPER, TRANSPARENCY, LABELS, ENVELOPE)
3. COPIES Sets the number of documents printed. (1-999)
4. 2-SIDED PRINTING Sets whether to activate two-sided printing.
OFF
ON
–
–
5. PRINT QUALITY Sets the image quality, density or toner saving mode for printing.
1. IMAGE REFINEMENT Sets whether to print smoothly the jagged outlines of characters and graphics.
ON
OFF
–
–
2. DENSITY Adjusts the print density. (1-9) (5)
3. TONER SAVER Sets whether the toner saving mode is enabled.
OFF
ON
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-23
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
PRINTER SETTINGS
6. PAGE LAYOUT Sets the printing layout.
1. BINDING Sets the binding position for two-sided printing.
LONG EDGE
SHORT EDGE
–
–
2. MARGIN Sets the page margin in inches or millimeters.
INCHES (-01.90INCHES-01.90INCHES)
MM (-50.0MM-50.0MM)
–
–
7. COLLATE Sets whether to collate the printouts automatically.
OFF
COLLATE
–
–
8. ERROR TIME OUT Sets the length of time before the machine returns an error when no data is received from the
computer.
ON Sets the error time out period. (5SEC-300SEC) (15SEC)
OFF The error time out is off.
9. INIT. PRINTER SET Restores all <PRINTER SETTINGS> to the default.
OFF
ON
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-24
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
PRINTER SETTINGS
10. PCL SETTINGS*** Sets the PCL printer setting.
1. ORIENTATION Sets the paper orientation.
PORTRAIT
LANDSCAPE
–
–
2. FONT NUMBER Sets the default font typeface for the printer function using the corresponding font numbers.
(0-120) (0)
3. POINT SIZE Specifies a point size for the default font. This item appears when the number in <FONT
NUMBER> is that of a proportionally spaced scalable font. (4.00-999.75) (12.00)
4. PITCH Specifies the pitch for the default font. This item appears when the number in <FONT NUMBER>
is that of a fixed pitch scalable font. (0.44-99.99) (10.00)
5. FORM LINES Sets the number of lines to be printed on a page. (5-128) (60)
6. SYMBOL SET Selects the symbol set most suited to the needs of the host computer. (PC8)
7. CUSTOM PAPER Sets whether to use a custom paper size.
OFF Disables you to specify a custom paper size.
ON Enables you to specify a custom paper size.
1. UNIT OF MEASURE Selects the unit of measurement to specify a custom paper size.
INCHES
MILLIMETERS
–
–
2. X DIMENSION Specifies the horizontal size of the custom paper. (05.00-14.00 inches (127-356 mm)) (14.00)
3. Y DIMENSION Specifies the vertical size of the custom paper. (03.00-08.50 inches (76-216 mm)) (08.50)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-25
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
PRINTER SETTINGS
8. APPEND CR TO LF Sets whether to append a carriage return (CR) when line feed code (LF) is received.
NO The print head moves down to the next line when line feed code is received, and the margin
does not change (such as the beginning of the next line).
YES The print head moves to the beginning of the next line when line feed code is received.
9. ENLARGE A4 Sets whether to expand the printable area of A4 size paper to that of Letter size in width.
* This setting is applicable for A4 paper and portrait orientation for the PCL5 printing only. The PCL6
printing is not supported.
OFF All the area on a page 1/8 inch (4.23 mm) from the top, bottom, left, and right edges is available
for printing on A4 paper.
ON All the area on a page 1/8 inch (4.23 mm) from the top and bottom edges and 1/8 inch
(1.28 mm) from the left and right edges is available for printing on A4 paper. Only the width
increases.
11. RESET PRINTER Clears all print jobs in progress and resets the printer function.
OFF
ON
–
–
*** MF6595cx/MF6595 only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-26
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
TIMER SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. DATE&TIME SETTING Sets the current date and time. (See “Set Up the Machine,” in the Starter Guide.)
2. DATE TYPE SELECT Sets the date format.
MM/DD/YYYY
DD/MM YYYY
YYYY MM/DD
–
–
–
3. AUTO SLEEP TIME Sets the auto sleep mode when the machine remains idle for a certain period of time. (3MIN.–
30MIN.) (See “Setting the Sleep Mode,” on p. 1-14.)
ON
OFF
–
–
4. AUTO CLEAR TIME Sets auto clear mode when the machine has no operation idle for a certain period of time.
(1MIN.–9MIN.) The machine returns to the standby mode. (See “Setting Auto Clear Time,” on
p. 1-15.)
ON
OFF
–
–
5. DAYLIGHT SV.TIME Sets the daylight saving time mode. (See “Setting the Daylight Saving Time,” on p. 1-15.)
OFF Deactivates the daylight saving time mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-27
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
TIMER SETTINGS
ON Activates the daylight saving time mode.
1. START DATE/TIME Sets the start date.
1. MONTH
2. WEEK
3. DAY
–
–
–
2. END DATE/TIME Sets the end date.
1. MONTH
2. WEEK
3. DAY
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-28
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADJUST./CLEANING
Setting Item Description
1. TRANS. ROLR CLEAN Cleans the transcription roller. (See “Transcription Roller,” on p. 9-12.)
2. FIX.UNIT CLEANING Cleans the fuser roller. (See “Fuser Roller,” on p. 9-7.)
3. FEEDER CLEANING Cleans the ADF. (See “Cleaning the ADF Automatically,” on p. 9-11.)
4. SPECIAL MODE M Sets to improve print quality or fix irregular print density. If print quality decreases or an
irregularity in the print density appears, transcription output may not function adequately.
MID Selects in normal conditions.
LOW Selects to compensate for poor print quality that occurs when using paper that was stored for a
long time at high temperatures and high humidity.
HIGH Selects to compensate for poor quality that occurs when using heavyweight paper.
5. SPECIAL MODE N When the two-sided printing function is used, paper may curl severely or become jammed.
Enable this setting to prevent paper curling or jamming.
OFF
ON
–
–
6. SPECIAL MODE O This setting is not functional in this model.
7. SPECIAL MODE P Sets to activate when lightweight paper or paper which is easy to get uneven print density is
used for printing.
OFF
ON
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-29
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADJUST./CLEANING
8. SPECIAL MODE Q Enable this setting if black or white spots appear on the printed image.
OFF
ON
–
–
9. SPECIAL MODE R Sets whether to prevent white streaks from appearing on the printed image. When you print
the halftone image or photograph after the machine has not undergone any operation for a
while, the first page of printouts may have thin white streaks on the printed image.
OFF
ON
–
–
10. SPECIAL MODE S Sets whether to reduce the waiting time for the next printout. When you change the paper size
after continuous printing, the machine may take a while to start the next printing.
OFF Does not reduce the waiting time next set of printout.
SPEED PRIORITY Reduces the waiting time to start the next set of printout. Print speed has priority; however, a
condition that an previously printed image also appears faintly on the next output may occur.
11. CONT. PRINT MODE Sets whether to prevent the back edge of the previous page from appearing on the following
page during continuous printing of half-tone prints or photographs.
OFF
ON
–
–
12. BACK EDGE MODE Sets whether to prevent back edge of paper from smudging.
OFF
ON
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-30
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
ADJUST./CLEANING
13. LARGE PAPER MODE Sets whether to improve toner fix on large-sized paper.
OFF
ON
–
–
14. AUTO ADF DRTY ADJ Sets whether to activate smudge (due to dust or dirt) reduction during printing.
When the ADF is dirty, copies may contain unwanted dots or lines.
ON
OFF
–
–
15. MAINTENANCE CODE This setting is not functional in this model.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-31
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
REPORT SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. SETTINGS* Sets the report functions. (See “Printing Reports Automatically (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590
Only),” on p. 11-41.)
1. TX REPORT Sets whether the fax transmission report prints out.
PRINT ERROR ONLY Prints a report only when a transmission error occurs.
REPORT WITH TX IMAGE Sets whether to print the first page of the fax under the report.
OFF
ON
–
–
OUTPUT YES Prints a report every time you send a document.
REPORT WITH TX IMAGE Sets whether to print the first page of the fax under the report.
OFF
ON
–
–
OUTPUT NO No report is printed.
2. RX REPORT Sets whether the fax reception report prints out.
OUTPUT NO
PRINT ERROR ONLY
OUTPUT YES
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-32
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
REPORT SETTINGS
3. ACTIVITY REPORT Sets whether to automatically print the fax transaction report and selects its type.
1. AUTO PRINT Sets whether an activity report is printed automatically every 40 transactions.
OUTPUT YES
OUTPUT NO
–
–
2. TX/RX SEPARATE Sets whether an activity report is printed separately for sending and receiving or not.
OFF
ON
–
–
2. LIST PRINT Prints reports/lists.
1. ACTIVITY REPORT* Prints the fax transaction report (max. last 40 transactions) manually.
2. SPEED DIAL LIST* Prints the list of fax numbers registered for speed dialing.
1. 1-TOUCH LIST
2. CODED DIAL LIST
3. GROUP DIAL LIST
–
–
–
3. ADD BOOK DETAILS* Prints the details of speed dialing.
1. 1-TOUCH (DETAILS)
2. CODED (DETAILS)
–
–
4. USER DATA LIST Prints the setting list registered in the menu. (See “Printing USER DATA LIST,” on p. 11-3.)
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-33
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
Setting Item Description
1. DEVICE INFO Sets device information.
1. DEVICE NAME Registers the machine name.
2. LOCATION Registers the machine location.
2. NETWORK SETTINGS**** Sets network setting. (See Chapter 3, “Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 Only)” )
1. TCP/IP SETTINGS Sets TCP/IP network.
1. IP ADDRESS AUTO. Sets whether to automatically set an IP address.
ON Enables an IP address to the machine automatically.
1. DHCP (ON/OFF)
2. BOOTP (OFF/ON)
3. RARP (OFF/ON)
–
–
–
OFF Allocate an IP address to the machine manually.
2. IP ADDRESS Registers a fixed IP address to the machine. (See “Software Settings with Computer,” in the
Starter Guide.)
3. SUBNET MASK Registers a fixed subnet mask to the machine.
4. GATEWAY ADDRESS Registers a fixed gateway address to the machine.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-34
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
5. USE LPD Sets whether to use LPD as the print application.
ON (PORT NO.)
OFF
–
–
6. RAW SETTINGS Sets whether to use RAW as the print application.
ON Enables to use RAW.
1. PORT NO. Enters the port number.
2. USE BIDIRECTIONAL Sets whether to use bi-directional communication.
ON
OFF
–
–
OFF Disables to use RAW.
7. USE HTTP Sets whether to activate HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol) for the Remote UI.
ON (PORT NO.)
OFF
–
–
8. SET IP ADD RANGE Sets whether to restrict the range of IP addresses.
OFF Disables restriction of IP address of computers.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-35
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
ON Enables restriction of IP address of computers from which data (print/fax jobs) can be sent to
the machine.
1. PERMIT/REJECT Selects whether to permit or reject access from a specified IP address.
REJECT
PERMIT
–
–
2. SET IP ADDRESS Specifies the IP address range. <START IP ADDRESS> and <END IP ADDRESS> must be entered
for each setting.
1. IP ADDRESS 1
2. IP ADDRESS 2
3. IP ADDRESS 3
4. IP ADDRESS 4
–
–
–
–
9. RX MAC ADD SET. Sets whether to activate a MAC address filter.
OFF Disables MAC address filter.
ON Specifies a MAC address filter to access. MAC address must be entered for each setting.
1. PERMIT RX ADD1
2. PERMIT RX ADD2
3. PERMIT RX ADD3
4. PERMIT RX ADD4
5. PERMIT RX ADD5
–
–
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-36
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
2. SNMP SETTINGS Sets detailed information about SNMP.
1. USE SNMP Sets whether to activate SNMP.
ON (PORT NO.)
OFF
–
–
2. COMMUNITY NAME 1 Sets SNMP community name 1.
3. COMMUNITY NAME 2 Sets SNMP community name 2.
4. SNMP WRITABLE 1 Enables computers on the network to access the machine and modify its settings.
ON
OFF
–
–
5. SNMP WRITABLE 2 Enables computers on the network to access the machine and modify its settings.
OFF
ON
–
–
3. DEDICATED PORT Sets or browses detailed information on the machine with a Canon printer driver or utility.
ON
OFF
–
–
4. ETHERNET DRIVER Specifies the type of network connection.
1. AUTO DETECT Selects the detection method of Ethernet driver.
AUTO Sets the machine to determine the communication mode (Half duplex/Full duplex) and
Ethernet type (10Base-T/100Base-TX) automatically.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-37
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
MANUAL Sets the communication mode and Ethernet type manually.
1. DUPLEX Selects the communication mode.
HALF DUPLEX
FULL DUPLEX
–
–
2. ETHERNET TYPE Selects the Ethernet type.
10 BASE-T
100 BASE-TX
–
–
5. VIEW IP ADDRESS Checks the current network settings.
1. IP ADDRESS Checks the IP address.
2. SUBNET MASK Checks the subnet mask.
3. GATEWAY ADDRESS Checks the gateway address.
6. STARTUP TIME SET. Sets the time period required to delay the startup of network communications for the machine.
(0-300 SEC.) (0SEC)
3. COMMUNICATIONS* Sets the facsimile communication.
1. TX START SPEED Sets the transmission speed for all sent documents.
(33600 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 7200 bps, 9600 bps, 14400 bps)
2. RX START SPEED Sets the transmission speed for all receivable documents.
(33600 bps, 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 7200 bps, 9600 bps, 14400 bps)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-38
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
3. MEMORY LOCK Sets whether to receive and store all documents in memory and not to print automatically. (See
“Memory Lock Reception,” on p. 4-26.)
OFF Disables memory reception.
ON Enables memory reception.
1. PASSWORD Registers the password that protects the authority for accessing to memory.
2. REPORT PRINT Sets whether to print a report on memory reception.
OFF
ON
–
–
3. MEMORY RX TIME Sets whether to set a period for memory reception.
OFF Disables setting a period of memory reception.
ON Enables setting a period of memory reception.
1. MEM RX START TIME Enters the start time.
2. MEM. RX END TIME Enters the end time.
4. REMOTE UI**** Sets whether to activate the Remote UI function to operate the machine and change settings.
ON
OFF
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-39
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
SYSTEM SETTINGS
5. ACCESS TO DEST.* Sets restriction of the access to destinations.
1. RESTRICT NEW ADD. Sets whether to restrict registering or changing destinations for one-touch and coded speed
dialing. Sets whether to restrict making calls to the destinations not registered for the speed
dialing.
OFF
ON*1
*1 You can still make calls using an external phone if all of the following conditions are met:
• The machine is in the Sleep mode
• <RX MODE> is set to <FaxOnly>
• <ENERGY IN SLEEP> is set to <LOW>
–
–
2. FAX DRIVER TX Sets whether to restrict sending faxes from a computer using the fax driver.
ON
OFF
–
–
6. CHECKING THE LOG Sets whether to allow displaying the log.
ON Enables confirmation of logs using [System Monitor].
OFF Disables confirmation of logs using [System Monitor].
Activity Report will not be printed automatically.
7. USE DEVICE USB Sets whether to restrict jobs through the USB interface.
ON
OFF
–
–
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
**** MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590/MF6540 only
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Previous Next
TOP
11-40
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Summary of Reports and Lists
The machine can generate the following reports and lists.
Report/List Description
1-TOUCH LIST* Lists the names and fax numbers of recipients registered under one-touch speed dialing keys.
1-TOUCH LIST 2* Lists the detailed data of 1-TOUCH LIST.
CODED DIAL LIST* Lists the names and fax numbers of recipients registered in coded speed dialing codes.
CODED DIAL LIST 2* Lists the detailed data of CODED DIAL LIST.
GROUP DIAL LIST* Lists the names and fax numbers of recipients registered in each group dialing group.
USER’S DATA LIST Lists all the current settings and registered sender information.
TX REPORT* Shows the transmission result. Can be set to print automatically.
RX REPORT* Shows the reception result. Can be set to print automatically.
ACTIVITY REPORT* Shows the last 40 transactions performed by the machine.
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
To print USER’S DATA LIST, select <USER DATA LIST> in <LIST PRINT> located in <REPORT SETTINGS>. To manually print ACTIVITY REPORT, select <ACTIVITY REPORT>
instead of <USER DATA LIST> in the same procedure.
To print 1-TOUCH LIST, CODED DIAL LIST, and GROUP DIAL LIST, select the appropriate option under <SPEED DIAL LIST> in <LIST PRINT> located in <REPORT SETTINGS>.
To print 1-TOUCH LIST 2 and CODED DIAL LIST 2, select the appropriate option under <ADD BOOK DETAILS> in <LIST PRINT> located in <REPORT SETTINGS>.
–
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-41
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printing Reports Automatically
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only)
TX REPORT, RX REPORT, and ACTIVITY REPORT can be set to
print automatically.
TX REPORT
The default setting is <PRINT ERROR ONLY>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SETTINGS>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX REPORT>, then
press [OK].
■
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the setting you
want, then press [OK].
<PRINT ERROR ONLY>: Prints a report only when a transmission error
occurs.
<OUTPUT YES>: Prints a report every time you send a document.
<OUTPUT NO>: Does not print a report. Skip to step 7.
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT WITH TX
IMAGE>, press [ ] or [ ] to select <ON> or
<OFF>, then press [OK].
<OFF>: Does not print the first page.
<ON>: Prints the first page.
7. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-42
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Report Items
The following items are displayed in the Transmission Report:
Transaction description
TX/RX NO: Transaction number
RECIPIENT ADDRESS: Recipient’s fax/telephone number
DESTINATION ID: Registered name for speed dial
ST. TIME: Transmission time
TIME USE: Transmission duration
PAGES SENT: Number of pages sent
RESULT: Result of transaction
OK: Transmission successful
NG: Transmission failed
STOP: Transmission manually canceled before completion
BUSY/NO SIGNAL: The line is busy or the recipient does not
answer your call
Error code: For descriptions of error codes, see “Error Codes
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only),” on p. 10-14.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
–
–
–
●
RX REPORT
The default setting is <OUTPUT NO>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SETTINGS>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <RX REPORT>, then
press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the setting you
want, then press [OK].
<OUTPUT NO>: Does not print a report.
<PRINT ERROR ONLY>: Prints a report only when a reception error
occurs.
<OUTPUT YES>: Prints a report every time you receive a document.
6. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-43
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Report Items
The following items are displayed in the Reception Report:
Transaction description
TX/RX NO: Transaction number
RECIPIENT ADDRESS: Recipient’s fax/telephone number
DESTINATION ID: Registered name for speed dial
ST. TIME: Transmission time
TIME USE: Transmission duration
PGS.: Number of pages received
RESULT: Result of transaction
OK: Reception successful
NG: Reception failed
STOP: Reception manually canceled before completion
Error code: For descriptions of error codes, see “Error Codes
(MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 Only),” on p. 10-14.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
–
–
●
ACTIVITY REPORT
The default setting is <OUTPUT YES>.
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <SETTINGS>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <ACTIVITY
REPORT>, then press [OK].
5. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <AUTO PRINT>,
then press [OK].
6. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the setting you
want, then press [OK].
<OUTPUT YES>: Prints a report after every 40 transactions.
<OUTPUT NO>: Does not print a report. Skip to step 9.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-44
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
7. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <TX/RX SEPARATE>,
then press [OK].
8. Press [ ] or [ ] to select the setting you
want, then press [OK].
<OFF>: Prints a report with the transmission and reception results
listed chronologically.
<ON>: Prints a report with the transmission and reception results
separated in a report.
9. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
Report Items
The following items are displayed in the Activity Report:
ST. TIME: Transmission time
DESTINATION TEL/ID: Recipient’s fax/telephone number/
Registered name for speed dial
NO: Transaction number
MODE: Transaction, Error correction mode
PGS.: Number of pages sent
RESULT: Result of transaction, transaction duration
OK: Transaction successful
NG: Transaction failed
●
●
●
●
●
●
–
–
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-45
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Printing Reports and Lists Manually
You can print the following reports and lists manually.
TX REPORT *
RX REPORT *
ACTIVITY REPORT *
1-TOUCH LIST *
1-TOUCH LIST 2*
CODED DIAL LIST *
CODED DIAL LIST 2*
GROUP DIAL LIST *
USER’S DATA LIST
If no relevant data is stored in memory, <NO DATA> is displayed.
* MF6595cx/MF6595/MF6590 only
For information on each report or list, see “Summary of Reports and Lists,”
on p. 11-40.
Reports can be printed on LGL or LTR paper (plain or recycled paper).
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1. Press [Additional Functions].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT
SETTINGS>, then press [OK].
3. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <LIST PRINT>, then
press [OK].
4. Press [ ] or [ ] to select a desired report or
list, then press [OK].
Printing starts, and the screen automatically returns to the standby
mode.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-46
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Checking and Deleting Report Jobs
System monitor enables you to monitor the status of the report
jobs currently being processed.
1. Press [System Monitor].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to select <REPORT STATUS>,
then press [OK].
2. Press [ ] or [ ] to scroll through the job list.
When you delete the copy job, press [OK], then press [ ] to select
<YES>.
2. Press [Stop] to return to the standby mode.
■
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-47
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Glossary
Numeric
10Base-T
The Ethernet standard supporting data transfer rates a maximum of
10 Mbps, which utilizes a twisted-pair cable.
100B-TX
The Ethernet standard supporting data transfer rates a maximum of
100 Mbps, which utilizes two pairs of high grade twisted-pair cables.
A
Activity Report
A journal of the machine’s transactions, both sent and received.
Address Book
The Address Book is a feature used for storing recipients. The Address
Book is divided into one-touch speed dialing keys and coded speed
dialing codes. You can register multiple recipients in a group, and
assign a one-touch speed dialing key to this group. Registering a
recipient in the Address Book saves you the effort of entering that fax
number each time you send a fax.
ASCII code
ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) is
a set of standardized codes used to represent letters, numbers,
punctuation marks, a few symbols, and control characters. A seven
digit (or seven bit) binary number can represent one of 128 distinct
codes.
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The device included in the machine that feeds the document being
sent or copied, or scanned into the machine.
Automatic redialing
When the recipient’s machine is busy or does not answer, or when an
error occurs while sending, the machine waits a specified time and
then automatically redials the number. If the receiving fax is still busy
or does not answer, the machine waits the specified time and dials
again.
B
bps
Bits per second. Refers to the speed with which a fax machine sends
and receives data.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-48
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
BOOTP
BOOTstrap Protocol. A protocol that enables a client machine to
automatically obtain network setup information from a server over a
TCP/IP network. BOOTP enables a client to automatically locate such
information as the host name, domain name, and IP address, so that
it is not necessary to create these items manually.
Broadcasting
Transmitting documents to more than one location (through the
machine’s memory).
C
CNG
Calling Tone. This is a signal sent by fax machines to identify the call
as an incoming document. When the receiving fax detects this signal,
it automatically starts to receive the fax transmission. The majority of
fax machines in use today can send and detect CNG signals.
Coded Speed Dialing Codes
A method to specify a recipient registered in Address Book. Press
[Coded Dial] and a two-digit code using the numeric keys.
Community Name
An identification keyword for SNMP (Simple Network Management
Protocol).
Cookie
A file left on a user’s computer when the user visits a web site. A
cookie allows the web site to recognize the user on subsequent visits.
Cookies are generally used to enable a user to automatically sign on
to certain web sites and to customize the features offered by such
sites.
Cursor
The underline symbol you see on the LCD when you register
numbers and names in the machine.
D
Delayed sending
The ability to send a document at a preset time in the future. You do
not have to be in your office to use delayed sending to one or more
destinations.
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol that automatically
specifies the network settings of a client on a TCP/IP network. Many
of the settings required to set up TCP/IP, which is the standard
protocol of the Internet, can be made automatically.
DNS
Domain Name System. The system that associates the IP address
assigned to a computer with the domain name.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-49
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
DNS server
Domain Name System server. A server which maintains a database
that translates the domain names of Internet servers, such as www.
w3.org, into Internet Protocol (IP) addresses, such as “18.176.0.26.”
This enables clients to connect to a server with a host name rather
than a numeric IP address.
Document
The sheet of paper containing the data that you send to, or receive
from a machine.
Domain
A management concept that divides large scale networks into
groups for identifying individual computers and users. The internet is
managed by classifying domains according to geographical location
or type (business, organization, educational institution, etc.).
dpi
Dots per inch. A machine of measurement for indicating a machine’s
resolution.
DRPD
This receive mode allows the machine to distinguish fax and voice
calls depending on the distinctive ring patterns assigned to different
numbers. Subscription to a DRPD service offered by some telephone
companies is required.
E
ECM
Error Correction Mode. The ability of your machine to reduce system
and line errors when sending or receiving from another fax with ECM
capability. ECM is most effective in areas where the telephone lines
are in poor condition or there is frequent interference on the line.
Ethernet
An industry-standard local area network (LAN) system for connecting
together multiple computers. Data is sent from one computer to
another by breaking it into packets, and a packet reaches its recipient
smoothly without any collision with other packets.
Extension
A telephone connected to the machine that is used in place of the
handset. You can use the extension telephone to activate incoming
reception of documents manually.
F
FAX/TEL switching
This option allows you to set the machine to automatically detect
whether a call is from a fax or telephone. If the call is from another
fax, the transmission is automatically received. If the call is from a
telephone, the machine rings to let you know, so you can pick up the
handset of the external telephone. With this feature, one telephone
line can be shared by both the telephone and the fax.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-50
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
File formats
File formats are used to save image data (e.g. JPEG, PDF, TIFF).
FINE
The resolution setting for documents with very small characters and
lines.
G
G3, Group 3 fax machine
Defined by CCITT/ITU-T. Uses encoding schemes to transmit image
data while reducing the amount of data that needs to be transmitted,
thus reducing transmission time. G3 fax machines can transmit one
page in less than one minute. Encoding schemes for G3 fax machines
are Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ (MR), Modified Modified
READ (MMR), and Joint Bi-level Image expert Group (JBIG).
Gateway Address
The default address of a network or Web site. It provides a single
domain name and point of entry to the site.
Group dialing
A method of specifying recipients that enables you to specify
multiple recipients registered in Address Book as a group. This means
that you can press just a single one-touch speed dialing key or coded
speed dialing code to specify recipients when sending the same
document to many recipients.
H
HP-GL/2
A graphics language that allows computer applications to draw
graphic images using printers. Images in HP-GL/2 are represented
as vector graphics. Vector objects describe an image in terms of
geometric shapes, such as lines and polygons, and fills. HP-GL/2 is
supported by your Canon machine.
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol. The client-server TCP/IP protocol used
on the World Wide Web for the transfer of HTML (Hypertext Markup
Language) documents across the Internet.
I
Interface
The connection between two devices that makes it possible for
them to communicate with each other. The machine features a USB
interface, which makes it compatible with IBM and similar personal
computers.
Interface cable
The cable used to create the interface between a printer and a
computer.
Interface port
The machine comes with one USB port, located on the back of the
machine. You attach the cable that connects your computer and
machine to this port.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-51
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Internet Protocol (IP)
The underlying set of networking rules that describes how data is
transmitted across the Internet. Internet Protocol allows data from
one computer to be split into packets to be sent to another computer
with a specific IP address.
IP address
Internet Protocol address. A 32-bit numeric address used by IP
(internet protocol) to specify a computer on the Internet. The IP
address is usually written as four numbers separated by periods. An
example is 128.121.4.5.
ITU-T
A committee created to set international standards for
telecommunications.
J
JBIG
Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group. An experts group file specification
that defines a standard for compressing (reducing the size of )
image files without any loss in image information. Files containing
photographic images in Web pages are generally compressed so they
can be transferred across the Internet more quickly. JPEG, the format
currently used, causes some loss in image data after compression,
and so reduces image quality. JBIG compression overcomes this
shortcoming.
L
LAN
Local Area Network. It is a network system formed by linking a server,
workstations, and computers, which are all located in the same
building or some other relatively limited area.
Log in
Entering a password as a means of user authentication to start a
computer session or access to a service.
LPD
Line Printer Daemon. A daemon is a program that runs, without
human intervention, to accomplish a given task. The Line Printer
Daemon controls the flow of print jobs to a printer.
LPR
Line Printer Remote. A UNIX command used to print a file via a TCP/IP
network.
M
MAC address
Media Access Control address. The hardware address of the network
adapter of a computer connected to a local area network.
Manual receiving
A method of receiving faxes in which you answer all incoming calls
using the external telephone. If you hear a slow beep it indicates an
incoming fax transmission from another machine. Just press [Start] to
receive the incoming fax.
Manual redialing
When you use regular dialing, you can redial a number manually
simply by pressing [Redial] on the operation panel. The last number
called is the number redialed.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-52
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Modem
A device that converts (MOdulates) digital data for transmission
over telephone lines. At the receiving end, this device converts the
modulated data (DEModulates) to digital format that the computer
understands.
N
NetSpot
Network management software that enables the setup and
management of multiple printers connected to a network from
one central location. A network manager can monitor conditions
of network printers, ascertain online/offline status, error status, the
amount of paper in paper cassette, verify information on mounted
fonts, and other readings. All the functions that are conventionally
conducted through the operation panel of the respective machines
can be performed from one location.
Numeric keys
The round, numbered keys on the operation panel marked the same
as a standard telephone keypad.
Press them to perform regular dialing. You also use the numeric keys
to enter characters and numbers during registration, and for entering
coded speed dialing codes.
O
One-Touch Speed Dialing keys
The numbered keys on the operation panel that may be registered as
single or a group of recipients. Once a number or group is registered,
you press one key to dial the entire number or group.
P
Paper feed
Refers to guiding a sheet of paper into the machine’s paper path.
Paper feeder
The device in the machine that feeds recording media into the
machine for printing copied or sent documents.
Pause
A timing entry required for registering certain long distance
numbers and for dialing out through some telephone systems or
switchboards. Pressing [Pause] enters a pause between digits of a
telephone number.
PDF
Portable Document Format. The page description language used
in Adobe Systems’ Acrobat document exchange system, which is
restricted neither by device nor resolution. PDF displays documents
in a way that is independent of the original application software,
hardware, and operating system used to create those documents. A
PDF document can contain any combination of text, graphics, and
images.
PHOTO
The document setting you use for sending or copying documents
with intermediate tones, such as photographs.
Protocol
A set of rules that govern the transmission of data across a network.
Examples of protocols are FTP, DHCP, BOOTP, RARP, and TCP/IP.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-53
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Proxy server
A server that provides a cache of files available on remote servers
that are slow or expensive to access. The term “proxy server” normally
refers to a World Wide Web server that, on receiving a URL, tries to
supply the requested file from its cache. If it cannot locate the file
there, the proxy server would bring it from the remote server and
also save a copy in its cache so that the next request can be obtained
locally.
Pulse
See Rotary pulse.
R
RARP
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. A protocol that associates a
network adapter address (MAC address) with an Internet Protocol (IP)
address.
Raster
Raster graphics describes an image as a pattern of dots, compared to
vector graphics which represents an image as a geometrical formula.
Each row of color dots in the mosaic of color dots constitutes one
raster graphic. In a printer, a raster graphic is used as the master
image from which a page is printed, because the image can be
transferred to paper by printing one raster at a time.
Raw
This is a print application used with Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/
Vista. It can print at higher speeds than LPD.
Receiving
Receiving transmission is also defined as RX or Reception. The
machine can be customized to receive fax documents in several
ways.
Reception
See Receiving.
Redialing-automatic
See Automatic redialing.
Redialing-manual
See Manual redialing.
Registering
A process by which you place recipient’s information (such as the
name, fax number, etc.) in the machine’s memory, so that you save
time specifying recipients you send documents frequently.
Regular dialing
Pressing the individual numeric keys to dial a fax or telephone
number.
Remote reception ID
The two-digit code that enables you to manually activate fax
reception using an external telephone.
Remote reception
Activating fax reception by answering an external telephone that is
not located near the machine. You need to dial a remote receiving ID
number to start remote reception.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-54
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Remote UI
Remote User Interface (UI) allows you to remotely perform machine
functions from a computer connected to the network using web
browser software. Many functions that are done physically at the
Canon machine’s operation panel can be done via software at a
networked computer using a web browser, such as Microsoft Internet
Explorer.
Report
A document printed by the machine and containing information
about the documents it has sent or received.
Resolution
The density of dots for any given output device. Expressed in terms
of dots per inch (dpi). Low resolution causes font characters and
graphics to have a jagged appearance. Higher resolution means
smoother curves and angles as well as a better match to traditional
typeface designs. Resolution values are represented by horizontal
data and vertical data, for example, 600 x 600 dpi.
RIP (Raster Image Processor)
The hardware and/or software functions of a printer that convert
vector graphic descriptions from a computer into raster graphic
images that can be printed.
Rotary pulse
A telephone dialing system where a dial is rotated to send pulses to
the telephone switching system. In pulse dialing, you hear clicks. In
touch-tone dialing, the most common dialing system, you hear tones.
Rotary pulse dialing requires certain setting adjustments.
RX
See Receiving.
S
Sending
Sending documents is also defined as TX or Transmit. The machine
can scan and send documents via fax.
Sending speed
The rate at which faxes are transmitted through the phone line. See
also bps (bits per seconds).
SMB
Server Message Block. A protocol that provides file and printer
sharing over a network for Windows computers.
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol. The network management
protocol of TCP/IP.
In SNMP, agents, which can be hardware as well as software, monitor
the activity of the various devices on the network and report to the
network console workstation.
Spool
Simultaneous Peripheral Operations On-Line. Spooling means
putting jobs in a buffer, which is a special area in memory or on
a disk. Because devices access data at different rates, the buffer
provides a waiting station where the data can wait until the device
for which it is meant is ready to access it.
Standby
The mode in which the machine is on and ready to use.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-55
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
Subnet
A portion of a network, which may be a physically independent
network segment, that shares a network address with other portions
of the network, and is distinguished by a subnet number.
For example, all devices with IP addresses that start with 100.100.100.
would be part of the same subnet.
Subnet Mask
SUBNETwork mask. The method used to determine which subgroup,
or subnet, an IP address belongs to on TCP/IP networks, all devices
whose IP addresses have the same prefix would belong to the same
subnet. Dividing a network into subnets is useful for both security
and performance reasons.
Switching hub
A network connection box to which a number of computers can
be connected. The switching hub forwards a data packet from the
network to the appropriate computer according to the packet’s
address. Conventional hubs simply send every packet to every
connected computer. Since a switching hub forwards packets only to
their intended recipients, it provides greater efficiency.
T
TCP/IP
Acronym for Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. The
protocol used to connect to the Internet and to wide-area networks.
Tone
A key that allows you to temporarily switch to touch-tone from pulse
dialing. In some countries, on-line data services may require that you
use tone dialing.
Tone/pulse setting
The ability to set the machine to match the telephone dialing system
your telephone line uses: touch-tone or rotary pulse.
Toner
A black, resin coated powder contained in the toner cartridge. The
machine applies the toner to the surface of the photosensitive drum
inside the machine via an electrophotographic mechanism.
Toner saver
The feature that extends cartridge life by reducing toner
consumption rate at a slight decrease in print quality.
Transmit
See Sending.
TX
See Sending.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-56
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Index
Table of Contents
U
URL
Uniform Resource Locator. A standard way of specifying the location
of an object, usually a web page, on the Internet. The URL for a web
page would look something like this:
“http://www.w3.org/default.html.” Here, “http:” indicates that a web
page is being accessed, “http://www.w3.org” is the address of the
server containing the web page, and “default.html” is the file name
under which the web page is stored on the server.
V
Vector Graphics
See Raster.
W
WAN
Wide Area Network. A geographically widespread network. A WAN
can be one large network, or it can consist of a number of linked
LANs (Local Area Networks).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-57
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Index
Symbols & Numerics
1-TOUCH LIST 11-40
2-Sided key 1-8
2 on 1 combination 3-7, 5-3
2 on 1 key 1-8
A
Accessing the setting menu 11-3
ACTIVITY REPORT 11-40
Printing automatically 11-43
Add. Func. button 7-5
Additional Functions key 1-8
Additional network settings 6-15
Address Book
Deleting an address 7-12
Editing and address 7-10
Registering an address 7-11
Storing/Editing 4-6
Using 4-14
Viewing an address 7-10
Address Book key 1-9
ADDRESS BOOK SET. 11-19
Address button 7-5
ADF 1-3, 2-5
ADJUST./CLEANING 11-28
Advanced printing features 5-3
Advanced sending features 4-17
AnsMode 4-23
Auto clear time
Setting 1-15
B
Back button 7-5
Basic network settings 6-4
Basic receiving method 4-23
Basic sending method 4-4
Before using the machine 1-1
Broadcasting 4-17
C
Canceling
Copy jobs 3-16
Scan jobs 5-7
TX/RX jobs 4-30
CHANGE PAPER SIZE
Changing paper size setting 10-17
If displayed 10-17
Re-loading paper 10-17
Checking
Documents stored in memory 4-31
Reception result 4-31
Transmission result 4-31
Checking and deleting
Copy jobs 3-17
Print jobs 5-8
TX/RX jobs 4-31
Checking dialing line 4-21
Checking network settings 6-20
Checking the log 8-6
Clean Earth Campaign 9-19
Cleaning ADF
Automatically 9-11
Manually 9-8
Cleaning machine
Exterior 9-3
Fuser roller 9-7
Interior 9-4
Scanning area 9-8
Transcription roller 9-12
Clearing jams 10-3
Document 10-3
Paper 10-5
Paper jams 10-5
Clear key 1-7
Coded Dial key 1-9, 4-13
Using 4-13
CODED DIAL LIST 11-40
Coded speed dialing codes
Deleting 4-8
Registering 4-6
Storing/Editing 4-6
Collate copy 3-6
Collate key 1-8
Collate printing 5-3
COMMON SETTINGS 11-5
Communication environment setup 6-7
Components 1-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-58
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Copying 3-1
Copy jobs
Canceling 3-16
COPY key 1-7
Copy mode 1-10
COPY SETTINGS 11-10
Customer support
Canada 10-43
U.S.A. 10-43
Customizing system settings 7-13
D
Daylight saving time 1-15
Dedicated port 6-9
Delayed sending 4-17
Delayed TX key 1-9
Deleting
Documents stored in memory 4-31
Density
Copying 3-3
Sending 4-5
Density key 1-8
Device button 7-5
Device custom settings 7-22
Device information settings 8-2
Direct TX key 1-9
Displaying device status and information 7-6
Document
Jams 10-3
Loading 2-4
Printing 5-2
Receiving 4-1
Requirements 2-2
Scanning area 2-3
Sending 4-1
Document and paper 2-1
Document delivery tray 1-3
Document feeder tray 1-3
Document requirements 2-2
Documents stored in memory
Checking 4-31
Deleting 4-31
DRPD 4-25
E
Enlarge/Reduce key 1-8
Envelopes 2-10
Error codes 10-14
Error indicator 1-7
Ethernet driver 6-6
Ethernet port 1-5
External device jack 1-5
F
FAX/TEL 4-24
Fax dialing features 4-20
FAX key 1-7
FAX MODE 1-10
Fax numbers
Registering in Address Book 4-6
FaxOnly 4-23
Fax operation panel 1-9
FAX SETTINGS 11-12
Frame Erase key 1-8
G
Glossary 11-47
Group dialing
Adding recipients 4-10
Changing name 4-11
Deleting group 4-12
Deleting recipients 4-11
Registering group 4-9
GROUP DIAL LIST 11-40
H
Help button 7-5
Hook key 1-9, 4-15
I
If a power failure occurs 10-42
If you cannot solve a problem 10-43
Illustrations used in this manual xxii
Image quality
Copying 3-3
Faxes 4-5
Image Quality key 1-8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-59
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Import/Export function
About the Import/Export function 7-16
Exporting the Additional Functions settings
7-19
Exporting the Address Book 7-16
Importing the Additional Functions settings
7-20
Importing the Address Book 7-17
Interface settings 6-6
IP address range settings 6-16
IP address setting 6-4
J
Jam Location indicator 1-7
Jams
Paper 10-5
Job management
About the job management 7-7
Activity log 7-9
Print jobs 7-7
Job status button 7-5
L
LCD
Messages 10-9
Standby mode 1-10
LCD display 1-7
left cover 1-4
Loading
Document 2-4
Paper 2-10
M
Machine
Checking status 7-6
Customizing settings 7-22
Machine components 1-3
Machine management 6-21
Machine settings 11-3
Main operation panel 1-6
Main power switch 1-5
Maintaining the toner cartridge 1-12
Maintenance 9-1
Managing the Address Book 7-10
Manual reception 4-25
Manual sending 4-15
Memory lock reception 4-26
Memory reception 4-25
Menu
Accessing 11-3
Setting 11-5
Multi-purpose tray 1-4
Multi-purpose tray extension 1-4
N
Network 6-1
Numeric keys 1-7
O
OK key 1-7
One-Touch Speed Dialing key
Deleting 4-8
Editing 4-8
Registering 4-6
Storing/Editing 4-6
Using 4-13
One-Touch Speed Dial keys 1-9
Operation panel 1-3, 1-6
Main operation panel 1-6
Overseas number 4-22
P
Page top button 7-5
Paper
Jams 10-5
Loading 2-10
Printable area 2-9
Requirements 2-7
Size and type 2-12
Paper cassette 1-3
Paper delivery tray 1-3
PAPER JAM message 10-5
Paper requirements 2-7
Paper Select indicator 1-7
Paper Select key 1-8
Paper stopper 1-3
Pause key 1-9
PC faxing 4-19
Platen glass 1-4, 2-4
Platen glass cover 1-4
Power failure 10-42
Power indicator 1-7
Power key 1-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-60
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Power socket 1-5
Printable area 2-9
PRINTER SETTINGS 11-22
Printing 5-1
Printing lists
Manually 11-45
USER DATA LIST 11-3
Printing reports
ACTIVITY REPORT 11-43
Manually 11-45
RX REPORT 11-42
TX REPORT 11-41
Processing/Data indicator 1-8
Pulse dialing 4-20
R
Received image reduction 4-28
Receive mode
AnsMode 4-23
DRPD 4-25
FAX/TEL 4-24
FaxOnly 4-23
Manual 4-25
Receiving documents
Basic receiving method 4-23
Receiving features 4-24
Receiving features 4-24
Recycling cartridge 9-19
CANADA PROGRAM 9-22
U.S.A. PROGRAM 9-20
Redial key 1-9
Redistributing toner 9-13
Remote reception 4-27
Remote reception ID 4-27
Remote UI 7-1, 8-3, 11-54
Replacing the toner cartridge 9-13, 9-15
Redistributing toner 9-13
Reports and lists 11-40
REPORT SETTINGS 11-31
Reset key 1-7
Restricting access to destinations
New address 8-4
PC faxing 8-5
Restricting the USB interface port 8-7
RX MAC address settings 6-17
RX REPORT 11-40
Printing automatically 11-42
S
SCAN key 1-7
Scan mode 1-10
Scanning 5-1
Scanning area 1-4, 2-3
Scanning documents
Computer 5-6
Scan settings
Copying 3-3
Fax 4-5
Sending and receiving 4-1
Sending documents
Address Book 4-6
Advanced sending features 4-17
Basic sending method 4-4
Fax dialing features 4-20
Manual sending 4-15
PC faxing 4-19
Scan settings 4-5
Specifying recipients 4-13
Two-sided 4-18
Setting menu 11-5
ADDRESS BOOK SET. 11-19
ADJUST./CLEANING 11-28
COMMON SETTINGS 11-5
COPY SETTINGS 11-10
FAX SETTINGS 11-12
PRINTER SETTINGS 11-22
REPORT SETTINGS 11-31
SYSTEM SETTINGS 11-33
TIMER SETTINGS 11-26
Setting up a computer for printing/sending a fax
6-10
Sleep mode 1-14
Slide guide 1-3
Slide guide for multi-purpose tray 1-4
Slide guides 2-5
SNMP 6-7
Specifying recipients 4-13
Standby mode
Copy 1-10
Fax 1-10
Scan 1-10
Starting Remote UI 7-4
Start key 1-7
Startup time settings 6-18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
11-61
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
Stop key 1-7
Storing/Editing
Address Book 4-6
Coded speed dialing codes 4-6
Group dialing 4-9
One-touch speed dialing keys 4-6
System monitor 4-31, 5-8
System Monitor key 1-7
System requirements
Network 6-3
Remote UI 7-3
SYSTEM SETTINGS 11-33
System settings 8-1
Customizing 7-13
T
TCP/IP settings 6-15
Telephone line jack 1-5
Telephone line setting 1-13
TIMER SETTINGS 1-14, 11-26
Tone dialing 4-20
Tone key 1-8, 4-20
Toner cartridge 1-11
Maintaining 1-12
Recycling 9-19
Replacing 9-15
To Top page button 7-5
Transporting the machine 9-25
Troubleshooting
Clearing jams 10-3
Copying 10-32
Error codes 10-14
General 10-19
If a power failure occurs 10-42
If you cannot solve a problem 10-43
LCD messages 10-9
Network 10-40
Paper feeding 10-21
Printing 10-35
Sending/Receiving 10-22
Telephone 10-39
Two-sided copying 3-8
Two-sided printing 4-28, 5-4
TX REPORT 11-40
Printing automatically 11-41
U
Update button 7-5
USB port 1-5
USER DATA LIST 11-3, 11-40
Use USB device 8-7
Using
Coded speed dialing codes 4-13
Group dialing 4-13
One-touch speed dialing keys 4-13
V
View Settings key 1-7
Z
Zoom ratio
Preset zoom 3-4
Zoom designation 3-5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Back Next
Previous
TOP
Before Using the
Machine
Document and Paper
Copying
Sending and Receiving (MF6595cx/
MF6595/MF6590 Only)
Printing and
Scanning
Network (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
Remote UI (MF6595cx/MF6595/
MF6590/MF6540 Only)
System Settings
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Appendix
Table of Contents
Index
CANON INC.
30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan
CANON U.S.A., INC.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042, U.S.A.
CANON CANADA INC.
6390 Dixie Road Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1P7, Canada
CANON EUROPA N.V.
Bovenkerkerweg 59-61 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands
CANON FRANCE S.A.S.
17, quai du Président Paul Doumer 92414 Courbevoie Cedex, France
CANON COMMUNICATION & IMAGE FRANCE S.A.S.
12, rue de I’Industrie 92414 Courbevoie Cedex, France
CANON (U.K.) LTD.
Woodhatch, Reigate, Surrey, RH2 8BF, United Kingdom
CANON DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Europark Fichtenhain A10, 47807 Krefeld, Germany
CANON ITALIA S.p.A.
Via Milano, 8 20097 San Donato Milanese (MI) Italy
CANON ESPAÑA, S.A.
c/ Joaquín Costa 41, 28002 Madrid, Spain
CANON LATIN AMERICA, INC.
703 Waterford Way Suite 400, Miami, Florida 33126 U.S.A.
CANON AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD.
1 Thomas Holt Drive, North Ryde, Sydney, N.S.W. 2113, Australia
CANON CHINA CO., LTD.
15F Jinbao Building No.89 Jinbao Street, Dongcheng District, Beijing 100005, China
CANON SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.
1 HarbourFront Avenue #04-01 Keppel Bay Tower, Singapore 098632
CANON HONGKONG CO., LTD.
19/F., The Metropolis Tower, 10 Metropolis Drive, Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong
USRM1-3154-00 © CANON INC. 2007

Navigation menu